28.01.2015 Views

CATEGORIES OF FORAGE CROPS - Department of Plant Sciences

CATEGORIES OF FORAGE CROPS - Department of Plant Sciences

CATEGORIES OF FORAGE CROPS - Department of Plant Sciences

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<strong>Plant</strong> <strong>Sciences</strong> Handbook<br />

2009 Edition<br />

1


Table <strong>of</strong> Contents<br />

Corn and Sorghum ............................................................. 3<br />

Cotton Production .............................................................. 18<br />

Forages ................................................................................ 54<br />

Gardening............................................................................ 70<br />

Soybean and Oilseed Crops ............................................... 98<br />

Burley Tobacco ................................................................... 110<br />

Turfgrass ............................................................................. 112<br />

Vegetables............................................................................ 131<br />

Wheat ................................................................................... 142<br />

2


Corn and Sorghum<br />

3


Field Corn<br />

Land Selection .....................................................................................................................5<br />

Hybrid Selection .................................................................................................................5<br />

How the Corn <strong>Plant</strong> Grows .................................................................................................6<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Dates and Rates ....................................................................................................7<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Dates and Row Widths ..........................................................................................8<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Depths ...................................................................................................................8<br />

Irrigation ..............................................................................................................................8<br />

Estimating Yield Prior to Harvest ......................................................................................10<br />

Harvesting .........................................................................................................................10<br />

Storage ..............................................................................................................................11<br />

Marketing ..........................................................................................................................11<br />

Corn Facts .........................................................................................................................11<br />

USDA Grade Requirements ..............................................................................................12<br />

Moisture Conversion Factors ............................................................................................13<br />

Isolation, Maturity and <strong>Plant</strong>ing Date Considerations for Growing White Corn .............13<br />

Grain Sorghum<br />

Land Selection ..................................................................................................................15<br />

Varieties ............................................................................................................................15<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Dates ...................................................................................................................15<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Depth ..................................................................................................................15<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Rates ...................................................................................................................15<br />

Fertilization and Liming ...................................................................................................16<br />

Row Width ........................................................................................................................16<br />

Insect Control ....................................................................................................................16<br />

Harvesting .........................................................................................................................17<br />

Storing ...............................................................................................................................17<br />

Marketing ..........................................................................................................................17<br />

4


CORN<br />

Field Corn<br />

(Zea mays)<br />

Corn is an annual. It belongs to the grass family and is a native American crop. The seed weighs<br />

56 pounds per bushel and ear corn 70 to 72 pounds per bushel. Commercial field corn is a hybrid;<br />

therefore, seed from the current year should not be saved for planting the following year.<br />

Emergence time is six to ten days depending on soil temperature.<br />

Land Selection<br />

Select level to slightly sloping land that will supply large amounts <strong>of</strong> moisture in summer. Do not<br />

plant corn on droughty soils which may be steep or shallow or both. Poorly drained bottom soils<br />

are poor choices due to excess spring moisture, which delays planting and increases nitrogen<br />

fertilizer loss.<br />

Hybrid Selection<br />

Corn hybrids are selected based on days to maturity, yield across specific environments, disease<br />

and insect resistance, and sometimes herbicide tolerance.<br />

Maturity Relative maturity means the number <strong>of</strong> days a hybrid takes to reach physiological<br />

maturity (black layer) after emergence. This number is based on designated maturity zones in the<br />

United States. In Tennessee, early-season hybrids reach physiological maturity in


when planting corn in May or later. Newer Bt events provide more armyworm, earworm and<br />

black cutworm protection or control <strong>of</strong> corn rootworm in addition to southwestern and European<br />

corn borer control. Growers who plant Bt hybrids are required to plant a non-Bt refuge. Refuges<br />

are designed to produce insects that are susceptible to the Bt toxins, thus preserving Bt corn<br />

technology and managing resistance development. In cotton-growing counties, growers can plant<br />

up to 50% <strong>of</strong> their acreage in corn borer Bt corn. In non-cotton-growing counties, up to 80% <strong>of</strong><br />

corn acreage can be Bt hybrids. Corn rootworm refuges must be located in the same field or in an<br />

adjacent field separated by a road or ditch. Corn borer refuges can be accomplished by splitting<br />

the planter, alternating refuge strips or placing the refuge field within ½ mile <strong>of</strong> the Bt cornfield.<br />

There are several planting configurations that are acceptable including splitting the planter to<br />

alternate a minimum <strong>of</strong> 4 rows (at least 6 rows preferred) <strong>of</strong> non-Bt corn with a Bt-protected<br />

hybrid.<br />

Herbicide-tolerant hybrids were introduced to producers in the 1990's with tolerance to<br />

postemergence applications <strong>of</strong> selected herbicides:<br />

* Clearfield ® or “IMI” corn– non GMO trait developed by traditional plant breeding, these<br />

hybrids are tolerant to the imidazolinone herbicides Pursuit ® or Lightning ® . Seed is<br />

labeled ‘IT’ for imidazolinone tolerant or ‘IR’ for imidazolinone resistant. IR hybrids have<br />

the most built in herbicide tolerance.<br />

* Liberty Link ® -- Genetically modified to have tolerance to glufosinate (Ignite ® or Liberty ® )<br />

herbicide.<br />

* Roundup Ready ® -- Genetically modified for tolerance to glyphosate. Earliest hybrids<br />

included the GA21 event for glyphosate tolerance. ‘Roundup Ready ® 2' hybrids utilize the<br />

NK603 event, which improves tolerance to glyphosate applications.<br />

How the Corn <strong>Plant</strong> Grows<br />

Vegetative Growth<br />

* Germination occurs at soil temperature >50F with adequate moisture.<br />

* A corn seed absorbs 20-30% <strong>of</strong> its weight in water, swells, the root or radicle elongates and<br />

forms temporary root system<br />

* The coleoptile (contains shoot structure) is pushed through soil by elongation <strong>of</strong> the mesocotyl<br />

below ground..<br />

* The crown or growing point is below ground in young corn and above ground after stalk<br />

elongation.<br />

* New leaves and tassel are formed below ground at the growing point before V6 or stalk<br />

elongation.<br />

* A new leaf emerges every 3-5 days. Each leaf with a visible collar is assigned a ‘V’ number.<br />

* V6-Stalk elongates and growing point is above ground. Corn is usually 12-15" tall.<br />

* V6-V10 – immature kernels are formed at growing point before the ear is visible.<br />

* V12-14 – plant determines ear size (number <strong>of</strong> potential kernels) on immature ear.<br />

* V15-V18 – silks start to grow from immature kernels. Silks grow from base <strong>of</strong> ear first and tip<br />

last.<br />

* VT – tassel completely emerged 2-3 days before silks are visible.<br />

6


Reproductive Growth<br />

* R1- Silking − silks emerge at tips <strong>of</strong> husk and pollination occurs. Silks pollinate at the base <strong>of</strong><br />

the ear first and the tip <strong>of</strong> the ear last.<br />

* Tassel releases pollen for 7-10 days depending on hybrid. Pollen is released in late morning<br />

when temperatures are optimal and humidity is lower.<br />

* R2 − Blister- 85% grain moisture; beginning <strong>of</strong> starch accumulation<br />

* R3 − Milk- milky fluid inside kernel with rapid starch accumulation<br />

* R4 − Dough - 70% grain moisture; cob turns pink or red<br />

* R5 − Full Dent- 55% grain moisture; nearly all kernels dented<br />

* R6 − Physiological Maturity − 30-35% grain moisture; approximately 55-65 days after silking;<br />

The “black layer” forms where kernels attach to the cob indicating plant is no longer sending<br />

nutrients to the kernel; black layer forms at tip kernels first and base kernels last.<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Dates<br />

Corn should be planted when soil temperature reaches 55F at a 2-inch depth by 9 a.m. for three<br />

consecutive days. <strong>Plant</strong> as early as practical for best results. This can be as early as late March to<br />

May 1 in West Tennessee and April 15 to June 1 in East Tennessee and Middle Tennessee. Earlyplanted<br />

corn usually pollinates when soil moisture is more plentiful and temperatures are not<br />

unduly hot.<br />

Areas that commonly become infested with the southwestern corn borer should be planted as<br />

early as practical to minimize crop damage.<br />

The average reduction in grain<br />

yield for delayed planting has<br />

been about one bushel per day for<br />

planting after May 1. In areas<br />

where the southwestern corn borer<br />

infestation is high or Gray Leaf<br />

Spot pressure is great, the average<br />

yield reduction can be more than<br />

one bushel per day.<br />

The average reduction in silage<br />

yield for planting after May 1 has<br />

been about two-tenths ton per day.<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Rates<br />

Seeding rates in corn should be<br />

adjusted to the yield potential <strong>of</strong><br />

the field and the row width.<br />

Irrigated fields can be seeded at<br />

higher rates regardless <strong>of</strong> row<br />

spacing as moisture is not a<br />

limiting factor to production. Seeding rate should be adjusted up in productive fields where the<br />

7


planting date is optimal. Seeding rate should be adjusted down in late planted fields or less<br />

productive soils that yield below 125 bushels.<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Rates and Row Widths<br />

Data does not show consistent large yield increases with the use <strong>of</strong> narrow rows in the Southeast.<br />

The advantage <strong>of</strong> a narrow row is that seeding rates can be increased somewhat because seed<br />

spacing within a row is greater at higher seeding rates. However, soil moisture must be able to<br />

keep up with demand and care should be taken to not over plant dryland corn in narrow or twin<br />

row systems. Producers should use the row width which fits their machinery and adjust their<br />

seeding rate for the yield potential <strong>of</strong> the field. The number <strong>of</strong> plants per acre is more important<br />

than the row widths in most cases.<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Depths<br />

<strong>Plant</strong> corn seed at least 2 inches deep under most conditions. In cold, wet ground planting depth<br />

may be adjusted to 1½ inches. Never plant corn shallower than 1½ inches deep.<br />

For lime and fertilizer recommendations, please see the chapter on Soil Fertility and Soil Testing.<br />

Fit Number <strong>of</strong> <strong>Plant</strong>s to Row Spacing Used:<br />

Seeding<br />

Seed Spacing (inches)<br />

Final Stand<br />

Rate<br />

20" rows 30" rows 38" rows 5% loss 10%<br />

loss<br />

24000 13.1 8.7 6.9 22800 21600<br />

26000 12.1 8.0 6.3 24700 23400<br />

28000 11.2 7.5 5.9 26600 25200<br />

30000 10.5 7.0 5.5 28500 27000<br />

32000 9.8 6.5 5.2 30400 28800<br />

34000 9.1 6.1 4.9 32300 30600<br />

Darker-shaded area denotes suggested seeding rate at optimal planting date in productive<br />

fields.<br />

Lighter-shaded area denotes suggested seeding rate at late planting date or in less productive<br />

fields.<br />

Irrigation in Corn<br />

Field corn responds well to irrigation in Tennessee. Corn has a narrow window (approximately 7-<br />

10 days) for tassel emergence and silking, and dry conditions at this time can be very harmful to<br />

yield. Field corn needs between 18 to 22 inches <strong>of</strong> soil moisture during most growing seasons to<br />

achieve maximum yield potential. In Tennessee, fewer than 10% <strong>of</strong> corn acres are irrigated but<br />

interest in supplementing moisture is growing.<br />

8


Terminating Irrigation in Corn<br />

Adequate water is most critical at pollination/silking. Grain fill is the second most critical time to<br />

provide supplemental watering in a dry year. It is vital that adequate water be available as needed<br />

until physiological maturity or ‘black layer’ formation to avoid any late season yield losses. Early<br />

termination <strong>of</strong> irrigation will prohibit kernels from reaching full potential size and weight and<br />

some data indicate 15% or more yield loss when irrigation is terminated too early in hot, dry<br />

conditions. After dent, corn requires less than one inch per week to maintain kernel development<br />

until maturity.<br />

Black layer forms about 60 days after silking when a thin layer <strong>of</strong> cells die where the kernel<br />

attaches to the cob, turning a dark brown color. This process separates the kernel from the cob and<br />

the plant stops sending sugars into the kernels. Irrigation is no longer needed. The black layer can<br />

sometimes be seen visually by breaking a cob in half and gently scraping kernel tissue at the base<br />

(cob end) <strong>of</strong> the kernel where the seed attaches to the cob.<br />

Another way to estimate maturity is to use the starch or ‘milk’ layer <strong>of</strong> kernels to estimate when<br />

black layer will be reached. The milk layer indicates the progression <strong>of</strong> sugar conversion to hard<br />

starch from the top towards the base (cob end) <strong>of</strong> the kernel. It usually takes about 20 days for the<br />

line to progress from the top to base. Break a cob in half and look at the cross section <strong>of</strong> the top<br />

(tip) half <strong>of</strong> the ear (flat side <strong>of</strong> kernels) for the milky line. A milk line about half way down the<br />

kernel indicates black layer should be reached in another 10 days. At black layer, seed moisture is<br />

still high (>30%) requiring time to dry to desired moisture before harvest.<br />

Growth Stage Avg. Water Use<br />

(inches/day)<br />

4-leaf 0.10<br />

12-leaf 0.25<br />

Early tassel 0.32<br />

Silking 0.32<br />

Blister Kernel 0.32<br />

Beginning Dent 0.25<br />

Full Dent 0.20<br />

Black layer 0.10<br />

9


Use the following steps to estimate corn grain yield prior to harvest:<br />

1. Count the number <strong>of</strong> harvestable ears in 1/1000th <strong>of</strong> an acre. Do this in at least 4<br />

areas <strong>of</strong> the field and calculate an average.<br />

Row Spacing Length <strong>of</strong> Row Equal to 1/1000th Acre<br />

(inches)<br />

15 34 ft 10 inches<br />

20 26 ft 2 inches<br />

30 17 ft 5 inches<br />

36 14 ft 6 inches<br />

38 13 ft 9 inches<br />

2. Count the number <strong>of</strong> kernel rows per ear from your locations in Step 1 and<br />

calculate an average.<br />

3. Count the number <strong>of</strong> kernels per row from your locations in Step 1 and calculate<br />

an average. Do not count tip and butt end kernels or kernels that are less than<br />

half size.<br />

4. Yield (bushels/acre) = (average number ears) X (average kernel rows per ear)<br />

X (average kernels per row) X (Seed Weight constant)<br />

Seed Weight Constant:<br />

0.013= Good irrigated corn or corn exposed to little stress<br />

0.01116= Average stress value in an average rainfall situation<br />

0.009= Dryland corn subjected to greater stress<br />

Harvesting<br />

At black layer (about 30% moisture), the corn seed coat or pericarp is s<strong>of</strong>t and prone to mechanical<br />

damage during harvest. Warm, dry weather speeds up the drying rate in the field, while wet, cool<br />

weather or late planting slows down the rate <strong>of</strong> drying in the field. Both pre-harvest and<br />

mechanical losses increase as grain moisture decreases below 20%.<br />

Grain---with heat drying facilities available, harvest at 23 to 25 percent moisture for lowest field<br />

loss when early harvest is desirable.<br />

Without drying facilities, harvest shelled corn closer to 16% moisture. Grain can also be harvested<br />

at a maximum <strong>of</strong> 18 to 20 percent moisture and blended with drier grain to avoid discounts;<br />

harvest ear corn at a maximum <strong>of</strong> 18 to 20 percent moisture.<br />

High moisture corn---For air-tight storage in silos, harvest at 25 to 30 percent moisture or higher<br />

for either ear or shelled corn. This moisture content is needed for good preservation. For<br />

preservation <strong>of</strong> high-moisture corn in open cribs or structures with organic acids, harvest up to 25<br />

10


to 30 percent moisture. The higher the moisture, the more acid it will take to preserve the corn.<br />

Silage---Harvest for silage at the dough to mid dent stage---65 to 70 percent moisture. Check with<br />

a moisture tester for more accurate harvest.<br />

Storage<br />

For safe, long-term storage, shelled corn should be 13 percent moisture or below. Ear corn can be<br />

stored at a slightly higher moisture content in a well-ventilated crib.<br />

Marketing<br />

The maximum allowable moisture content for No. 2 corn is 15.5 percent. Corn sold to the<br />

elevators, etc. with a higher moisture content is usually discounted and sometimes discounts are<br />

taken on corn with a moisture content above 15%. No. 2 grade corn is the general standard for the<br />

corn market.<br />

Corn Facts<br />

1. The growing point inside a corn plant stem is about at the ground level when the corn plant<br />

is 12 to 15 inches tall.<br />

2. Brace roots start forming on the lower nodes usually after tasseling.<br />

3. Pollen from the tassel usually starts shedding two to three days before the first silks are<br />

visible. Pollen shedding continues for five to eight days. A single tassel produces from two<br />

to five million pollen grains.<br />

4. There is a silk for each grain <strong>of</strong> corn on an ear. The average ear has from 500 to 1,000<br />

kernels and silks.<br />

5. The tassel is the male reproductive portion and the ear the female reproductive portion <strong>of</strong><br />

the corn plant.<br />

6. An ear <strong>of</strong> corn has an even number <strong>of</strong> rows <strong>of</strong> kernels about the center <strong>of</strong> the ear. The<br />

average number <strong>of</strong> rows ranges from 16 to 20 in most hybrids.<br />

7. Silks from the base <strong>of</strong> the ear emerge from the shuck first. All silks emerge in three to five<br />

days. The kernels are pollinated at the base <strong>of</strong> the ear first and at the tip last.<br />

8. It is estimated that about 97 percent <strong>of</strong> the kernels on an ear <strong>of</strong> corn are pollinated by other<br />

plants in the field.<br />

9. The silks turn brown as soon as the kernel is pollinated. The pollen lands on the silk and<br />

then produces a tube down the center <strong>of</strong> the silk and pollinates the kernel.<br />

10. About three weeks after pollination the ear is in the “roasting ear” stage.<br />

11


11. A single corn kernel can produce a single ear which has 500 to 1,000 kernels---a<br />

reproduction ratio <strong>of</strong> 1 to 500-1,000.<br />

Grade<br />

USDA GRADE REQUIREMENTS<br />

For Yellow Corn, White Corn and Mixed Corn<br />

Effective October 1, 1958<br />

Minimum<br />

Test Weight<br />

per Bushel<br />

Moisture<br />

MAXIMUM LIMITS <strong>OF</strong><br />

Damaged Kernels<br />

Cracked Total<br />

Corn<br />

Foreign<br />

Material<br />

Heat<br />

Damaged<br />

Pounds Percent Percent Percent Percent<br />

1 56 14.0 2 3 0.1<br />

2 54 15.5 3 5 0.2<br />

3 52 17.5 4 7 0.5<br />

4 49 20.0 5 10 1.0<br />

5 46 23.0 7 15 3.0<br />

SAMPLE: Sample grade shall be corn which does not meet the requirements for any <strong>of</strong> the grades<br />

from No. 1 to No. 5, inclusive, or which contains stones; or which is musty, or sour, or heating; or<br />

which has any commercially objectionable foreign odor; or which is otherwise <strong>of</strong> low quality.<br />

12


MOISTURE CONVERSION FACTORS FOR CORN<br />

To convert bushels (or pounds) <strong>of</strong> corn with X% moisture to bushels (or pounds)<br />

with 15.5% moisture, multiply by the following factors:<br />

%<br />

.0<br />

11<br />

1.053<br />

12<br />

1.041<br />

13<br />

1.030<br />

14<br />

1.018<br />

15<br />

1.006<br />

16<br />

.994<br />

17<br />

.982<br />

18<br />

.970<br />

19<br />

.959<br />

20<br />

.947<br />

.1 1.052 1.040 1.028 1.017 1.005 .993 .981 .969 .957 .946<br />

.2 1.051 1.039 1.027 1.015 1.004 .992 .980 .968 .956 .944<br />

.3 1.050 1.038 1.026 1.014 1.002 .991 .979 .967 .955 .943<br />

.4 1.048 1.037 1.025 1.013 1.001 .989 .977 .966 .954 .942<br />

.5 1.047 1.035 1.024 1.012 1.000 .988 .976 .964 .953 .941<br />

.6 1.046 1.034 1.022 1.011 .999 .987 .975 .963 .951 .940<br />

.7 1.045 1.033 1.021 1.009 .998 .986 .974 .962 .950 .938<br />

.8 1.044 1.032 1.020 1.008 .996 .985 .973 .961 .949 .937<br />

.9 1.043 1.031 1.019 1.007 .995 .983 .972 .960 .948 .936<br />

% 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />

0 .935 .923 .911 .899 .888 .876 .864 .852 .840 .828<br />

.1 .934 .922 .910 .898 .886 .875 .863 .851 .839 .827<br />

.2 .933 .921 .909 .897 .885 ..873 .862 .850 .838 .826<br />

.3 .931 .920 .908 .896 .884 .872 .860 .848 .837 .825<br />

.4 .930 .918 .906 .895 .883 .871 .859 .847 .835 .824<br />

.5 .929 .917 .905 .893 .882 .870 .858 .846 .834 .822<br />

.6 .928 ..916 .904 .892 .880 .869 .857 .845 .833 .821<br />

.7 .927 .915 .903 .891 .879 .867 ..856 .844 .832 .820<br />

.8 .925 .914 .902 .890 ..878 .866 .854 .843 .831 .819<br />

.9 .924 .912 .901 .889 .877 .865 .853 .841 .830 .818<br />

% 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40<br />

.0 .817 .805 .793 .781 .769 .758 .747 .735 .724 .713<br />

.1 .815 .804 .792 .780 .768 .757 .746 .734 .723 .712<br />

.2 .814 .802 .791 .779 .767 .756 .745 .733 .722 .711<br />

.3 .813 .801 .789 .777 .766 .755 .743 .732 .721 .710<br />

.4 .812 .800 .788 .776 .765 .754 .742 .731 .720 .709<br />

.5 .811 .799 .787 .775 .764 .753 .741 .730 .719 .708<br />

.6 .809 .798 .786 .774 .763 .752 .740 .729 .718 .707<br />

.7 .808 .796 .785 .773 .762 .751 .738 .727 .716 .706<br />

.8 .807 .795 .783 ..772 .760 .749 .737 .726 .715 .705<br />

.9 .806 .794 .782 .770 .759 .748 .736 .725 .714 .704<br />

Example 1 Corn testing 12.9% moisture --- multiply weight <strong>of</strong> corn by 1.031 to convert to 15.5%<br />

moisture. Example 2 Corn testing 20.1% moisture --- multiply weight <strong>of</strong> corn by .946 to convert.<br />

Isolation, Maturity and <strong>Plant</strong>ing Date Considerations for Growing White Corn<br />

Producers need to know how far white corn should be planted from yellow corn and GMO hybrids<br />

in order to prevent pollen transfer from a GMO hybrid or development <strong>of</strong> yellow grains on the<br />

white corn ears from cross pollination.<br />

13


Several factors affect the transfer <strong>of</strong> pollen from the tassel and the acceptance <strong>of</strong> the pollen by the<br />

silks and the resulting fertilization and formation <strong>of</strong> the grain.<br />

1. The minimum necessary distance between yellow and white corn varieties for certification<br />

is 660 feet. The greater the distance, the less likely pollen from undesirable hybrids will<br />

reach white corn.<br />

a. Put white corn on southwest side <strong>of</strong> yellow corn. Prevailing winds are normally southwest<br />

to northeast and would blow pollen away from white varieties.<br />

b. If yellow corn is planted across the fence by a neighbor, then plant white corn as close as<br />

you can to your property line if you want to produce corn in the field instead <strong>of</strong> leaving a<br />

wide buffer area or planting another crop. The pollen will not blow through a corn field as<br />

easily as it will over a fallow field or short growing crop. At harvest time, check the white<br />

corn ears for yellow kernels and determine how far the yellow pollen contaminated the<br />

corn. Then, start your white corn harvest at the point where the yellow kernels stop.<br />

2. <strong>Plant</strong> a later maturing or earlier maturing white corn variety compared to the yellow corn<br />

variety when planting on the same date.<br />

a. Most <strong>of</strong> the time, tassels will start shedding pollen before the silks come out <strong>of</strong> the shuck.<br />

b. Most <strong>of</strong> the silks will be pollinated rather quickly by the pollen from plants close by and,<br />

therefore, will prevent other pollen from fertilizing the grain. A single tassel will produce<br />

between two and five million pollen grains. An ear <strong>of</strong> corn usually has between 500 and<br />

1,000 kernels per ear.<br />

c. By the difference in maturity dates, white corn can be protected from the yellow pollen due<br />

to either earlier tasseling or later tasseling <strong>of</strong> the yellow corn.<br />

3. <strong>Plant</strong> the same maturity <strong>of</strong> yellow and white corn, but plant the yellow corn at least 7 to 10<br />

days later than the white corn.<br />

Summary<br />

1. <strong>Plant</strong> the white corn on the southwest side <strong>of</strong> yellow corn or on the side <strong>of</strong> the prevailing<br />

winds.<br />

2. <strong>Plant</strong> 600 to 700 feet from yellow corn if possible.<br />

3. Use a different maturity for the yellow and white corns to keep from having the yellow<br />

pollen being shed while the white silks are being pollinated.<br />

4. If the same maturity <strong>of</strong> white and yellow corn is used, delay planting <strong>of</strong> yellow corn 7 to 10<br />

days after white corn is planted.<br />

5. If yellow and white corn are to be planted next to each other then follow the other<br />

suggestions except for distance between yellow and white. Examine the corn before<br />

combining to check to see how far the yellow pollen contaminated the white corn. <strong>Plant</strong><br />

extra rows <strong>of</strong> white corn as border rows to help protect the rest <strong>of</strong> the white corn area.<br />

14


GRAIN SORGHUM<br />

(Sorghum vulgare)<br />

Grain sorghum is an annual. It belongs to the grass family. The seed weight is 56 pounds per<br />

bushel and the emergence time is from five to ten days depending on soil temperature. Grain<br />

sorghum is a good rotational crop because the dense fibrous root system helps stabilize soil and it<br />

is relatively drought tolerant compared to field corn. Sorghum requires less nitrogen fertilizer than<br />

corn, has a shorter growing season and can be an option for double cropping after wheat.<br />

Land Selection<br />

Select land that supplies some moisture in summer. Even though grain sorghum is a relatively<br />

drought resistant plant, it produces higher yields on moist, level areas than on droughty hill<br />

ground. Fields should also be free <strong>of</strong> heavy populations <strong>of</strong> rhizome johnson grass. There are no<br />

herbicides registered for grain sorghum that will manage rhizome johnson grass, which is a host<br />

for insects and diseases that affect sorghum.<br />

Variety Selection<br />

Grain sorghum varieties are developed by plant breeders for grain color and quality, drought<br />

tolerance and disease resistance. Grain color ranges from bronze and red to white/cream. The<br />

white/cream grain sorghum is used in specific human food products. Most sorghum varieties have<br />

limited resistance to stalk diseases and head mold. Azoxystrobin (Quadris) was recently labeled for<br />

prevention <strong>of</strong> leaf and other diseases in sorghum. Varieties sold in Tennessee typically mature in<br />

100 to 128 days. If grain sorghum is planted extremely late, a short season variety should be<br />

considered.<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Dates<br />

<strong>Plant</strong> May 1 to June 15 for best results when soils reach 65 to 70 F. Sorghum does not germinate<br />

well under cool conditions. Early May planting helps avoid sorghum midge insect damage. Later<br />

planting (after May 20) usually results in a 1 bushel per acre per day yield reduction due to less<br />

favorable environmental conditions during blooming and heavier insect pressure.<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Depth<br />

<strong>Plant</strong> 1¼ to 1½ inches deep in warm soils and 1 inch in cool soils.<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Rates<br />

A final stand <strong>of</strong> 50,000 to 75,000 plants per acre is adequate for dryland production. Dense stands,<br />

particularly in narrow rows, result in weaker stalks with less tiller development and more lodging.<br />

15


Grain Sorghum Seeding Rate Information. Number <strong>of</strong> seeds per 10 ft <strong>of</strong> Row<br />

at Different Row Widths<br />

Seeding<br />

Rate<br />

(Seeds<br />

per<br />

Acre)<br />

Final<br />

Stand<br />

with<br />

80%<br />

germ<br />

(<strong>Plant</strong>s<br />

per Acre)<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> Seeds Per 10 Foot <strong>of</strong> Row with Different Seeding Rates<br />

7 in row 10 in row 15 in row 20 in row 30 in row 38 in row<br />

60,000 48,000 8.0 11.5 17.2 23.0 34.4 43.6<br />

65,000 52,000 8.7 12.4 18.7 24.9 37.3 47.3<br />

70,000 56,000 9.4 13.4 20.1 26.8 40.2 50.9<br />

75,000 60,000 10.0 14.3 21.5 28.7 43.0 54.5<br />

80,000 64,000 10.7 15.3 23.0 30.6 45.9 58.2<br />

85,000 68,000 11.4 16.3 24.4 32.5 48.8 61.8<br />

90,000 72,000 12.1 17.2 25.8 34.4 51.7 65.4<br />

Fertilization and Liming<br />

For fertilization and liming recommendations, see chapter on Soil Fertility and Soil Testing.<br />

Row Width<br />

Based on dryland production research in other states, planting sorghum on narrow rows can<br />

increase grain yields slightly. Grain sorghum can be planted in a wide range <strong>of</strong> row spacings and<br />

is usually planted with the same equipment used for soybeans or corn. <strong>Plant</strong>ing in narrow rows<br />

does help speed up canopy closure and reduce weed competition and surface moisture loss.<br />

Cultivation for weed control is not an option in narrow rows.<br />

Insect Control<br />

The sorghum midge is generally the most destructive insect on grain sorghum in Tennessee, but<br />

heavy infestations <strong>of</strong> the sorghum webworm, fall armyworm or corn earworm can severely<br />

reduce yields. <strong>Plant</strong>ing grain sorghum by June 1 reduces midge damage because sorghum plants<br />

finish blooming before midge adults are present in the fields. The sorghum midge reproduces on<br />

johnsongrass heads and grain sorghum heads. <strong>Plant</strong> all <strong>of</strong> the grain sorghum at the same time if<br />

possible to prevent heavy damage to the second crop from the buildup <strong>of</strong> sorghum midge on the<br />

first crop.<br />

See PB1768 Insect Control Recommendations for Field Crops for additional insect control and<br />

scouting information.<br />

16


Harvesting<br />

When heat drying facilities are available, grain sorghum can be harvested at up to 30 percent<br />

moisture.<br />

Without drying facilities, grain should be around 14 percent moisture or below at harvest time.<br />

Generally, during harvest, the moisture <strong>of</strong> the combine-run grain is about one percent higher than<br />

the grain in the field due to the harvesting <strong>of</strong> some green or high moisture plant parts. Harvest<br />

aid products should be considered when sorghum is weedy. Harvest aids act as desiccants and<br />

help dry down green material and may help reduce grain moisture.<br />

Storing<br />

Grain sorghum should contain 12 percent moisture or less for safe storage. Grain sorghum is<br />

more difficult to dry than corn. It can be dried best in depths <strong>of</strong> 4 feet or less.<br />

Marketing<br />

Grain sorghum is generally sold by the hundred-weight instead <strong>of</strong> by the bushel. If grain<br />

sorghum is to be sold rather than being fed on the farm, then a definite market and marketing<br />

arrangement should be secured before planting grain sorghum. Some receiving and storage<br />

stations are no longer equipped to dry or handle grain sorghum in West Tennessee.<br />

17


Cotton<br />

18


Cotton Growth and Development<br />

Cotton has many unique qualities as a commercial crop. Understanding the history, growth habit,<br />

and development <strong>of</strong> cotton allows for more efficient and pr<strong>of</strong>itable production system. Cotton is<br />

a perennial plant adapted to tropical and subtropical areas <strong>of</strong> the world. It has an indeterminant<br />

growth habit in which both vegetative and reproductive growth occur at the same time. The<br />

indeterminent habit allows cotton to endure environmental stresses and continue to produce<br />

fibers. There are two main commercial species <strong>of</strong> cotton grown in the United Sates; Gossypium<br />

hirsutum L., or upland cotton and Gossypium barbadense L., or pima cotton.<br />

Heat Units or DD 60 ’s<br />

Cotton growth milestones are <strong>of</strong>ten given in terms <strong>of</strong> days after planting or between growth<br />

stages, but the development rate <strong>of</strong> cotton is strongly influenced by temperature. A cotton crop<br />

grows more slowly on cool days than on warm days, so temperature measurements during the<br />

cropping season help estimate when a crop reaches a specific developmental stage. Heat units, or<br />

DD 60 s, are an estimation <strong>of</strong> this accumulated temperature effect during a day, based on the<br />

average <strong>of</strong> the maximum and minimum daily temperatures in degrees Fahrenheit (ºF max and<br />

ºF min , respectively). The number 60 is subtracted from this average, because 60 degrees F is<br />

generally accepted as the lowest temperature at which cotton growth occurs. The formula for<br />

calculating heat units per day is as follows:<br />

Calculating the accumulated heat units <strong>of</strong> a crop over time can then be used to estimate the<br />

growth <strong>of</strong> the cotton during the season. Table 1 demonstrates how to calculate accumulated heat<br />

units over a 5-day period. Table 2. Provides basic benchmarks in heat unit accumulation for<br />

different developmental stages <strong>of</strong> cotton growth.<br />

Table 1. Calculation <strong>of</strong> daily and accumulated heat units based on daily high and low<br />

temperatures.<br />

Day<br />

Daily High<br />

Temperature<br />

(ºF max )<br />

Daily Low<br />

Temperature<br />

(ºF min )<br />

Average Daily<br />

Temperature<br />

(ºF max +ºF min )/2<br />

Daily Heat Units<br />

(ºF max +ºF min )/2 – 60<br />

Accumulated<br />

Heat Units<br />

1 89 60 74.5 14.5 14.5<br />

2 91 59 75 15 29.5<br />

3 90 64 77 17 46.5<br />

4 85 68 76.5 16.5 63<br />

5 82 70 76 16 79<br />

19


Table 2. Average heat units required for various cotton growth stages.<br />

Growth stage<br />

Heat units<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing to seedling establishment 50-60<br />

Nodes up the main stem 45-65<br />

Emergence to first square 425-475<br />

Square to white flower 300-350<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing to first flower 775-850<br />

White flower to open boll 850<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing to harvest 2300<br />

Germination and Emergence<br />

Cotton seeds contain all the essential ingredients for germination except one, water. Cotton seed<br />

begin to germinate when seed weight increases by 50% due to water entering the seed. As the<br />

seed swells the seed coat splits<br />

allowing the radical to emerge<br />

approximately three days after<br />

planting. Tissues between the<br />

elongating radical and the<br />

cotyledon leaves (seed leaves)<br />

swell rapidly and the hypocotyl<br />

extends to the soil surface the<br />

seedling is said to be in the<br />

‘crook’ stage (Figure 2). The term<br />

‘crook’ comes from the<br />

appearance <strong>of</strong> the curvature <strong>of</strong> the<br />

hypocotyl as it pulls the<br />

Figure 1. Cotton seedling establishment.<br />

cotyledons from beneath the soil<br />

surface. At this stage cotton is<br />

extremely susceptial to soil crusting preventing the cotyledons from emerging.<br />

Seed germination and successful emergence is favored by adequate soil oxygen, moisture, and<br />

warm soil temperatures (above 65°F).<br />

Problems with germination are typically<br />

related to dry or wet soil conditions, soil<br />

crusting, salinity, herbicide residue, cool<br />

temperatures and poor seed quality. In<br />

Tennessee we typically have marginal soil<br />

temperatures when planting begins since we<br />

have a short growing season. Also, the high<br />

percentage <strong>of</strong> no-till production acres in<br />

Tennessee present problems with maintaining<br />

adequate seed-to-soil contact across various<br />

soil types, moisture conditions, soil residue,<br />

and compaction zones.<br />

Figure 2. Seedling cotton.<br />

20


Cotton <strong>Plant</strong>ing Forecast<br />

To aid in making planting decisions, a cotton planting forecast can be calculated. A planting<br />

forecast will consider the predicted temperatures, DD 60 accumulation, rainfall, and potential for<br />

drying winds. Forecasts are subject to the inaccuracies associated with trying to predict the<br />

weather. This information should be used along with good judgment for making a planting<br />

decision (Table 3).<br />

Table 3. Probability <strong>of</strong> cotton stand establishment based on DD 60 accumulation.<br />

Predicted DD 60 accumulation<br />

5 days after planting<br />

Outlook for stand establishment<br />

50 Very good<br />

Once the cotyledons unfold, photosynthesis promotes development <strong>of</strong> new plant tissues from the<br />

apical meristems located between the cotyledons. The next structure to develop is the first trueleaf<br />

which is ovate in shape (Figure 4). It typically develops 7-14 days after the seedling<br />

becomes established. The emergence <strong>of</strong> the first true-leaf shifts the plants energy supply to gain<br />

carbohydrates from photosynthesis instead <strong>of</strong> the stored carbohydrates in the cotyledons. The<br />

first several true-leafs to develop are<br />

important to proper plant development<br />

and need protecting from insect<br />

damage since the carbohydrates<br />

created are responsible for the<br />

development <strong>of</strong> a deep, healthy root<br />

system that will supply nutrients and<br />

water to the plant throughout its life<br />

cycle. Roots may extend as deep as 12<br />

Figure 3. Cotton leaf shapes.<br />

21<br />

inches into the soil by the time that<br />

cotyledons fully expand. Cold soil,<br />

seedling disease, nematodes, low soil<br />

pH, water stress, hard pans, and herbicide residues can inhibit root development. Root<br />

development continues during the early season and peak root mass is achieved during early<br />

flowering and then declines into the late season. Carbohydrates are re-directed to metabolic sinks<br />

associated with boll formation instead <strong>of</strong> root and vegetative growth at this time.<br />

Vegetative Growth<br />

Cotton has an indeterminate growth habit and can grow very tall under conditions <strong>of</strong> unrestrained<br />

growth. Growth regulators, such as mepiquat chloride, are generally applied to cotton to slow<br />

internode elongation, especially for well-fertilized, irrigated cotton. Increased vegetative growth<br />

promotes boll rot, fruit abscission, and makes a cotton crop difficult to harvest. The first<br />

vegetative structures that appear on the main stem are main stem leaves (Figure 4 and 5). Main<br />

stem leaves and branches form at points <strong>of</strong> attachment on the main stem called nodes. As a<br />

general rule, a new node is produced from the apical meristem an average <strong>of</strong> every 3 days,


although nodes develop more quickly early in the growing season than later in the season.<br />

Leaves that arise directly from the main stem are referred to as main stem leaves, while leaves<br />

that arise from the fruiting branch are referred to as subtending leaves. The fruit produced by a<br />

branch will primarily receive carbohydrates produced by the leaf subtending that fruit. However,<br />

the main stem leaf also supplies carbohydrate for fruit development. A fruiting structure, called a<br />

square, begins to form at the initiation <strong>of</strong> the fruiting branch. The first square produced on a<br />

fruiting branch is referred to as a first-position square. As this square develops, the portion <strong>of</strong> the<br />

fruiting branch between the main stem and the square also elongates. This portion <strong>of</strong> the fruiting<br />

branch is also called the internode, similar to the portion <strong>of</strong> the main stem between main-stem<br />

nodes. An axillary meristem also develops adjacent to this square. The axillary meristem<br />

produces a second position square and subtending leaf. As many as four squares may be<br />

produced in this fashion on a fruiting branch.<br />

Leaf and Canopy Development<br />

As a cotton plant develops, new leaves appear and expand, increasing sunlight interception.<br />

Initially the carbohydrates produced by the leaves are used to produce roots and more leaves.<br />

This production <strong>of</strong> new leaves causes the leaf area <strong>of</strong> the cotton plant to increase rapidly. Once<br />

reproductive structures begin to develop, carbohydrate supplies are slowly shifted to the<br />

developing fruit. As the fruit load on the plant increases and ages, the carbohydrate demand<br />

increases, and the development rate <strong>of</strong> new leaves declines. Premature aging <strong>of</strong> the cotton leaf<br />

canopy due to water stress, low fertility and other stresses further reduces the photosynthetic<br />

capacity <strong>of</strong> the crop.<br />

Photosynthate Partitioning<br />

Most <strong>of</strong> the cotton plant’s carbohydrate energy is directed to root growth prior to the time<br />

reproductive growth begins. This is a function <strong>of</strong> source to sink relationships. Carbohydrates are<br />

transported from supply areas (leaves), called sources,<br />

to areas <strong>of</strong> growth or storage (roots, shoots, bolls),<br />

called sinks. As bolls develop, they become<br />

carbohydrate sinks. Root and shoot growth slow, and<br />

boll development dominates plant growth, and roots<br />

continue to water and nutrients to the shoot.<br />

The branches on a cotton plant can be classified as<br />

either vegetative branches (monopodia) or fruiting<br />

branches (sympodia). Because vegetative branches<br />

have only one meristem, they grow straight and erect,<br />

much like the main stem (Figure 5). Vegetative<br />

branches can also produce fruiting branches.<br />

The branches from which fruiting buds arise are called<br />

fruiting branches, or sympodia, because each fruiting<br />

branch contains multiple meristems. Fruiting branches<br />

have a “zig-zag” growth habit, as opposed to the<br />

straight growth habit <strong>of</strong> the vegetative branches. The<br />

initial growth <strong>of</strong> a fruiting branch is terminated once a<br />

fruiting bud forms. The fruiting branch, however,<br />

Figure 4. Stem arrangement.<br />

initiates a new growing point, called an axillary<br />

22


meristem. The axillary meristem is located at the base <strong>of</strong> a leaf that subtends the newly formed<br />

fruiting bud. The first fruiting branch will generally arise at main-stem node 5 or 6. A cotton<br />

plant will mainly produce fruiting branches, but several common environmental factors such as<br />

low population density, insect and disease pressure and over-fertilization can cause vegetative<br />

branches to form. Vegetative branches are produced after fruiting branches, and develop at nodes<br />

directly below the node at which the first fruiting branch was developed. For instance, if the first<br />

fruiting branch is initiated at main-stem node 5, a vegetative branch may develop at main-stem<br />

node 4. New fruiting branches generally develop approximately every 3 days, although recent<br />

studies show that this developmental rate varies. Squares are produced at new positions on a<br />

fruiting branch approximately every 6 days. The age <strong>of</strong> fruiting structures on a cotton plant can<br />

be mapped according to this time sequence (Figure 7).<br />

Squaring Through Boll Development<br />

During the 21-day period from<br />

square to bloom, there are several<br />

recognized developmental stages <strong>of</strong><br />

the cotton flower bud. A pinhead<br />

square is the first stage at which the<br />

square can be identified. The next<br />

stage <strong>of</strong> square growth is matchhead<br />

square. Just prior to the time<br />

the flower opens, a candle shape can<br />

be seen (Figure 6). This period <strong>of</strong><br />

square development prior to bloom<br />

is called squaring.<br />

Figure 5. Pinhead square, matchhead square, candle and white<br />

bloom.<br />

A cotton plant typically blooms or flowers for about 6 weeks. Thus, until the cotton begins to<br />

produce fruit, the stage <strong>of</strong> development is discussed in terms <strong>of</strong> leaves or nodes. Once fruiting<br />

begins, the stage <strong>of</strong> cotton development is discussed<br />

in terms <strong>of</strong> square development and the number <strong>of</strong><br />

nodes. Once blooms are present, the stage <strong>of</strong> cotton<br />

development is discussed in terms <strong>of</strong> weeks <strong>of</strong><br />

bloom. The cotton square is actually a flower bud.<br />

The first visible structures <strong>of</strong> the square are the leaflike<br />

bracts, or epicalyx. Three bracts surround the<br />

flower bud in a pyramid-like shape. The cotton plant<br />

produces perfect flowers, meaning the flower<br />

contains both male and female organs (Figure 16).<br />

The first square is typically visible on node 5 to 7<br />

about 35 days after planting. Anthesis, or a flower<br />

bloom, occurs approximately 21 days after the first<br />

square appears. Flowering is important to cotton<br />

production because pollinated flowers form cotton<br />

bolls. The bloom process takes several days, and<br />

bloom age can be estimated by the bloom<br />

Figure 6. Fruiting development. characteristics. On the day a flower opens it is white.<br />

23


Pollination <strong>of</strong> that flower usually occurs within a few hours after the white flower opens. The<br />

second day the flower will have a pink-like color, and a red color on the third day.<br />

Approximately 5 to 7 days after a flower appears it usually dries and falls from the plant<br />

exposing the developing boll. Occasionally a flower will stay attached to the developing boll for<br />

a longer period <strong>of</strong> time. This is referred to as a bloom tag.<br />

The development <strong>of</strong> the cotton plant in terms <strong>of</strong> leaf number, node number and fruiting stage is<br />

discussed in previous sections. During the flowering period, the stage <strong>of</strong> cotton development can<br />

also be discussed in terms <strong>of</strong> Nodes Above White Flower (NAWF). This is a measurement<br />

documenting the number <strong>of</strong> nodes separating the uppermost first position bloom and the terminal<br />

<strong>of</strong> the plant. When the cotton plant first begins to bloom, there will be approximately 9 to 10<br />

NAWF. As the season progresses, the number <strong>of</strong> NAWF decreases. NAWF generally decreases<br />

more quickly after bloom in early-maturing varieties than in mid or full season varieties. As the<br />

flowers develop into bolls, they become stronger sinks for carbohydrates and their combined<br />

demand for carbohydrates increases. Eventually the carbohydrate supply produced by the leaves<br />

will be used primarily by developing bolls, leaving less available for the production <strong>of</strong> new<br />

vegetative growth. As flowering progresses up the plant, less top growth is produced, allowing<br />

the NAWF to decrease. As the flowering approaches the top <strong>of</strong> the plant, the plant eventually<br />

puts all <strong>of</strong> its energy into boll development and ceases flower development. This event is termed<br />

cutout. Cutout generally occurs at 4 or 5 NAWF. Cutout occurs when carbohydrate supply equals<br />

demand and vegetative growth ceases. At cutout, no more harvestable fruit is set.<br />

Fruit Shedding<br />

A phenomenon <strong>of</strong>ten seen in a cotton field is square shedding (Figure 19). The shedding <strong>of</strong><br />

squares may be the result <strong>of</strong> several factors, including water stress, shading (from prolonged<br />

cloudy weather), nutrient deficiencies (especially N), high temperatures, high plant populations,<br />

high percent fruit set and insect damage.<br />

Flowers and young bolls may also be shed from the plant due to the same factors that lead to<br />

square shedding. Generally, though, the sensitivity <strong>of</strong> squares, flowers and bolls to shedding can<br />

be related to their age. Small squares are more likely to be shed than are more developed squares<br />

and bolls. After pollination occurs the boll begins to develop. Under optimum conditions it<br />

requires approximately 50 days for a boll to “open” after pollination occurs. Boll development<br />

can be characterized by three phases: enlargement, filling, and maturation.<br />

The enlargement phase <strong>of</strong> boll development lasts approximately 3 weeks. During this time the<br />

fibers produced on the seed are elongating and the maximum volume <strong>of</strong> the boll and seeds<br />

contained therein are attained. The filling phase <strong>of</strong> boll development begins during the fourth<br />

week after flowering. Fiber elongation ceases and secondary wall formation <strong>of</strong> the fiber begins.<br />

Cellulose is deposited inside the elongated fiber filling the void space <strong>of</strong> the elongated fiber.<br />

During the boll enlargement and fiber elongation phase, the development <strong>of</strong> fiber is very<br />

sensitive to adverse environmental conditions. Low water availability, extremes in temperature<br />

and nutrient deficiencies (especially potassium) can reduce the final fiber length, strength and<br />

micronaire.<br />

24


The boll maturation phase begins as the boll reaches its full size and maximum weight. During<br />

this phase, fiber and seed maturation take place and boll dehiscence occurs. The capsule walls <strong>of</strong><br />

the boll dry, causing the cells to shrink unevenly. This shrinking causes the suture between the<br />

carpel walls to split, and the boll opens.<br />

Yield Distribution<br />

The contribution <strong>of</strong> a single fruiting structure to the overall yield <strong>of</strong> the cotton plant depends<br />

largely upon its position on the plant. First position bolls are heavier and produced in higher<br />

quantities than bolls at any other position. In cotton populations <strong>of</strong> three plants per foot <strong>of</strong> row,<br />

first position bolls contribute from 66 to 75 percent <strong>of</strong> the total yield <strong>of</strong> the plant, and second<br />

position bolls contribute 18 to 21 percent.<br />

Yield distribution research is an intensive, detailed process that involves counting and weighing<br />

bolls from each fruiting position on many plants. First position bolls tend to fill out more and be<br />

heavier than bolls from other positions, so the majority <strong>of</strong> boll weight on plants generally comes<br />

from the first position fruit between nodes 7 and 20.<br />

Cotton Production in Tennessee<br />

Cotton production ranks third in terms <strong>of</strong> cash receipts from crops for Tennessee producers. For<br />

the last five years, cotton harvests have ranged from 525,000 to 695,000 acres. The lint yields per<br />

acre for the same time period varied from a high <strong>of</strong> 945 pounds <strong>of</strong> lint in 2006 to a low <strong>of</strong> 741<br />

pounds in 2002. Tennessee cotton production is hampered by a short growing season and<br />

frequent cool, wet weather in both spring and fall seasons.<br />

25


Table 4. Tennessee cotton production since 1980.<br />

Year <strong>Plant</strong>ed acres Harvested acres Bales produced Lint yield<br />

pounds/acre<br />

1980 290,000 275,000 200,000 349<br />

1981 325,000 305,000 315,000 496<br />

1982 260,000 255,000 339,000 638<br />

1983 220,000 215,000 151,000 337<br />

1984 340,000 325,000 337,000 498<br />

1985 340,000 335,000 419,000 600<br />

1986 340,000 335,000 396,000 567<br />

1987 440,000 435,000 634,000 700<br />

1988 535,000 530,000 584,000 529<br />

1989 465,000 460,000 476,000 497<br />

1990 525,000 515,000 495,000 461<br />

1991 620,000 610,000 701,000 552<br />

1992 625,000 615,000 864,000 651<br />

1993 625,000 615,000 545,000 425<br />

1994 590,000 585,000 885,000 726<br />

1995 700,000 660,000 724,000 527<br />

1996 540,000 530,000 675,000 611<br />

1997 490,000 480,000 662,000 662<br />

1998 450,000 445,000 546,000 589<br />

1999 570,000 565,000 595,000 505<br />

2000 570,000 565,000 710,000 603<br />

2001 620,000 615,000 978,000 763<br />

2002 565,000 530,000 818,000 741<br />

2003 560,000 530,000 890,000 806<br />

2004 530,000 525,000 984,000 900<br />

2005 640,000 635,000 1,122,000 848<br />

2006 700,000 695,000 1,368,000 945<br />

2007 515,000 510,000 600,000 565<br />

Field Selection and Preparation<br />

Cotton is best adapted to soils that are fertile, moderately deep to deep with good drainage, and<br />

high moisture-supplying capacity. Well-drained soils will tend to warm up early in the spring.<br />

Selecting fields with long rows, easy access, few obstacles allows for efficient use <strong>of</strong> equipment.<br />

In No-tillage production systems, erosion problems should be addresses by implementing<br />

practices such as waterways, contour planting and filter strips along drainage ditches. Sub-soiling<br />

is only beneficial if tillage pans exist and/or heavy traffic has occurred. However, three or four<br />

years <strong>of</strong> continuous no-till production has been found to reduce or eliminate traffic pans.<br />

Good cotton stands may be obtained by no-tillage or conventional methods <strong>of</strong> seedbed<br />

preparation. A firm, well-prepared seedbed is important for fast seedling emergence and uniform<br />

stands. On soils with erosion problems no-tillage production practices should be utilized. In<br />

conventional tillage areas delay tillage until late winter or early spring. However, prepare<br />

seedbeds early enough so they will settle and firm up before planting. To prepare a seedbed on<br />

26


heavy-textured Delta soils, bed the land in the fall or winter. At planting use burndown<br />

herbicides to kill weeds prior to planting.<br />

Crop residues from cotton, corn, soybeans or grain sorghum may provide sufficient cover on<br />

some fields for erosion control. Where crop residues are not adequate, cover crops may be<br />

needed. Cover crops that have been used in Tennessee include small grain (wheat and rye) and<br />

legumes (vetch, crimson clover or Austrian winter peas). Small grains, especially wheat, are<br />

usually preferred for no-till cotton. Small grains have a fibrous root system and will do a better<br />

job <strong>of</strong> binding the soil particles together than clovers, thereby reducing soil erosion. Rye tends to<br />

grow tall and produce more ground cover. Excessive growth can interfere with planting, cause<br />

slow cotton emergence and could also produce tall, thin cotton plants. Legumes can be more<br />

difficult to manage. They are usually more difficult to kill and the nitrogen produced may cause<br />

the cotton to be difficult to manage in late season. Do not plant cotton until cover crops and<br />

weeds are killed.<br />

Soil Fertility<br />

Cotton is very sensitive to soil fertility and production level. It is important to supply all the<br />

nutrients that may be needed in each field. Many problems can be related either directly or<br />

indirectly to acid soils and low levels <strong>of</strong> plant nutrients. Fertilization and liming programs should<br />

be based on the fertility <strong>of</strong> the soil. A soil test is the first step in a sound fertility program.<br />

Samples should be taken during fall or early winter and sent to a soil testing laboratory for<br />

analysis and recommendations.<br />

Lime<br />

Yields will be highest<br />

and fertilizers used<br />

most efficiently when<br />

the pH is 6.0 to 6.5.<br />

Calcium supplied by<br />

ground limestone aids<br />

in setting fruit and<br />

proper maturing <strong>of</strong><br />

bolls. Soil acidity will<br />

also influence the<br />

availability <strong>of</strong> some<br />

plant nutrients,<br />

herbicide activity,<br />

seedling development<br />

and seedling diseases.<br />

Figure 7. Nutrient uptake at differing soil pH.<br />

Applying high rates <strong>of</strong> acid-forming fertilizers will gradually lower the soil pH. A 100-pound per<br />

acre application <strong>of</strong> nitrogen in the form <strong>of</strong> anhydrous ammonia, ammonium nitrate or urea would<br />

require approximately 400 pounds <strong>of</strong> limestone to neutralize the acidity resulting from the<br />

nitrogen application.<br />

27


Nitrogen<br />

General nitrogen recommendations are based on research by The University <strong>of</strong> Tennessee<br />

Agricultural Experiment Station. The amount <strong>of</strong> nitrogen needed depends on the soil and its<br />

previous cropping history. Generally, 60 to 80 pounds <strong>of</strong> nitrogen are needed on upland soils<br />

where excessive growth and late maturity are not a problem. On bottom soils or sites where<br />

excessive growth is a problem, 45- to 60-pound <strong>of</strong> nitrogen should be considered.<br />

The various nitrogen sources are similar in supplying nitrogen for plant growth. Nitrogen can be<br />

applied at or just prior to planting or may be split with sidedressing applications no later than<br />

early square stage. Nitrogen deficiency symptoms first appear on the lower leaves. The leaves <strong>of</strong><br />

nitrogen-deficient plants become light green to pale yellow. As they age, shades <strong>of</strong> red develop<br />

and then they turn to brown. Leaves then dry out and shed from the plant. The entire plant will<br />

be stunted and weak in appearance and fruit set will be reduced. Under nitrogen-deficient<br />

conditions, nitrogen can be applied to the soil as a sidedressing until about the third week <strong>of</strong><br />

bloom. Foliar applied fertilizer, while costly, can supply in season nutreients for cotton plants.<br />

However, they should not be the sole source <strong>of</strong> nutrient supply for the crop. Mid-season<br />

applications <strong>of</strong> nitrogen may increase the risk <strong>of</strong> late-season growth.<br />

Phosphorous (P 2 0 5 )<br />

The amount <strong>of</strong> phosphorous in a cotton plant is low compared to levels <strong>of</strong> nitrogen and<br />

potassium. Phosphorus fertilization is important to cotton production because it is essential for<br />

root development and early growth. Some cotton soils tend to be low in available phosphorus.<br />

Phosphorous is an immobile nutrient, so it must be available in the rooting zone for root contact<br />

and uptake into the plant. Low phosphorous levels in the soil result in stunted plants. The leaves<br />

will be smaller than normal and dark green. Fruiting and maturity may be delayed, making the<br />

plant more vulnerable to insects and diseases. Low levels <strong>of</strong> phosphorous may reduce lint yield,<br />

fiber strength and micronaire. The availability <strong>of</strong> phosphate to the cotton plant is dependent on a<br />

good liming program, as pH levels below 6.0 or above 7.0 result in reduced availability.<br />

Potassium (K 2 O)<br />

Many soils on which cotton is grown are low in available potassium. It is not uncommon to see<br />

potash-deficient plants. Low levels <strong>of</strong> potassium cause stunted plants and leaves that fail to<br />

develop a normal green color. Mature leaves are <strong>of</strong>ten mottled after turning light yellowishgreen,<br />

then reddish-brown between the veins <strong>of</strong> the leaf, before the discoloration spreads to the<br />

leaf margins. The tips and edges <strong>of</strong> the leaves curl downward. The leaves become reddishbrown,<br />

and are scorched and blackened by the time they are prematurely shed. Bolls are small,<br />

immature and may fail to open or only partially open. Lint yield and fiber properties are reduced.<br />

The availability <strong>of</strong> potassium is influenced by the soil pH. Soil tests are necessary to determine<br />

both the lime and potassium needed for productive yields. Over the last 10 years there has been<br />

an increase in potassium deficiency symptoms in cotton grown in West Tennessee. Problem<br />

fields may have adequate levels <strong>of</strong> potassium in the top 6 inches, but a low level in the subsoil.<br />

In some cases the pH level was also low, helping create the deficiency.<br />

Boron (B)<br />

Boron deficiency on cotton is more likely to occur on limed soil, particularly after heavy lime<br />

applications. Apply boron at the rate <strong>of</strong> 0.5 pound per acre when soil pH is above 6.0 or where<br />

lime is used. Boron can be applied in mixed fertilizer or preemergence herbicides. To obtain .5<br />

28


pound per acre <strong>of</strong> boron, apply 2.44 pounds "Solubor" per acre. For foliar application, apply 0.1<br />

pound boron beginning at early bloom making three to five applications at weekly intervals.<br />

Some boron deficiency symptoms may be:<br />

• Abnormal shedding <strong>of</strong> squares and young bolls.<br />

• Ruptures at the base <strong>of</strong> squares, blooms, or on the stem (peduncle) that supports the<br />

squares.<br />

• A darkened area at the base <strong>of</strong> bolls, extending inside the boll. (can be detected by cutting<br />

across the base <strong>of</strong> the boll.)<br />

• Mature bolls that are small, deformed and do not fluff normally.<br />

• Death <strong>of</strong> the terminal bud and shortened internodes near the top <strong>of</strong> the plant.<br />

• Dark green rings on leaf petioles ("coon -tail" petioles). When petioles are sliced, a<br />

discoloration <strong>of</strong> the pith can be seen in conjunction with the rings.<br />

• Dark green, <strong>of</strong>ten thicker leaves. Leaves remain until frost and may also be difficult to<br />

chemically defoliate.<br />

• Poor response to nitrogen and potassium.<br />

Sulfur (S)<br />

Sulfur is absorbed by roots in the divalent anion form (SO -2 4). While atmospheric sulfur (SO 2 ) is<br />

taken up and utilized by the aerial parts <strong>of</strong> higher plants, root absorbed sulfur is much more<br />

important in plant health and nutrition. Sulfur is a constituent <strong>of</strong> some amino acids and<br />

ultimatelty protein synthesis. Sulfur is also an important component <strong>of</strong> many co-enzymes and<br />

secondary metabolites. Inhibition <strong>of</strong> protein synthesis associated with sulfur deficiency leads to<br />

cholrosis (yellowing) <strong>of</strong> leafs similar to that <strong>of</strong> nitrogen deficiency. However, sulfur deficiency is<br />

equally associated with old and young leaves, where nitrogen deficiency is generally limited to<br />

older leaves. Soil test for sulfur content and fertilizer needs in areas where sulfur deficiencies are<br />

apparent or expected.<br />

Fertilizer Recommendations<br />

Fertilizer Placement<br />

Research has shown that where soil fertility is high, broadcast application <strong>of</strong> fertilizer is just as<br />

effective as band application. If the soil fertility is low, best results would be obtained by<br />

broadcasting about one-half and banding one-half <strong>of</strong> the fertilizer. As the fertilizer rate increases,<br />

distance <strong>of</strong> the band placement from the seed should also be increased.<br />

General fertilizer recommendations: In absence <strong>of</strong> a soil test, apply 60 to 80 pounds <strong>of</strong> nitrogen,<br />

60 pounds phosphate (P 2 0 5 ), 90 pounds <strong>of</strong> potash (K 2 0) and .5 pound <strong>of</strong> boron (B) per acre at<br />

planting. Nitrogen may be split-applied one-half at planting and one half as side-dress.<br />

29


Table 5. Fertilizer recommendations.<br />

Soil Test Level<br />

Phosphate (P 2 O 5 ) Potash (K 2 O)<br />

lbs/ac<br />

bs/ac<br />

Low 90 120<br />

Medium 60 90<br />

High 30 60<br />

Very High 0 0<br />

Variety Selection<br />

Cotton variety tests are conducted each year at five locations in Tennessee to obtain performance<br />

information, which is then used to assist the producer in selecting varieties to grow (See PB<br />

1742). Lint yield is the most important consideration in selecting a variety. Increased emphasis is<br />

being placed on fiber strength, length, length uniformity and micronaire. The relative yield <strong>of</strong> a<br />

variety is influenced by a number <strong>of</strong> conditions such as soil type, fertility, cultural practices,<br />

insect control, weather, etc. Early maturity <strong>of</strong> varieties is important in Tennessee because <strong>of</strong> the<br />

relatively short growing season. Varieties that mature earlier perform well in most Tennessee<br />

growing environments. Many cotton producers find obtaining and maintaining a good stand <strong>of</strong><br />

vigorous plants a problem each year in at least some fields. Seed quality may help determine the<br />

rate <strong>of</strong> emergence, vigor and even the yield <strong>of</strong> a crop <strong>of</strong> cotton. Obtain all available information<br />

when selecting cotton seed. Make sure the seed has at least 80 percent germination and a cool<br />

test rating <strong>of</strong> at least 50. Seed with a good vigor rating will germinate and grow under a wide<br />

range <strong>of</strong> soil and field conditions. Also make sure the seed are treated with fungicide.<br />

In-<strong>Plant</strong> Technologies<br />

Many factors are considered when making varietal selections including the inclusion <strong>of</strong> valueadded<br />

transgenic traits. Bollgard, Bollgard II, Widestrike, Liberty Link, Roundup Ready,<br />

Roundup Ready Flex are traits for either insect control or herbicide tolerance. All have strengths<br />

and weaknesses and are extremely important consideration for producers when selecting<br />

varieties to plant. However, these technologies are not the most important factors to consider in<br />

variety selection. In addition to yield potential and transgenic traits, other plant characteristics<br />

such as yield stability, maturity, fiber quality, lint turnout perecentage, leaf pubescence (presence<br />

or absence <strong>of</strong> hairs), stormpro<strong>of</strong>ness, and growth and fruiting habit should all be considered<br />

when choosing a variety. Producers are encouraged to plant new varieties and multiple<br />

technologies on their acres, but at a conservative scale.<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Date<br />

Satisfactory planting dates in Tennessee are April 20 to May 10. Weather conditions, soil type,<br />

the use <strong>of</strong> fungicides, etc. will help determine whether to plant early or late. <strong>Plant</strong>ing after May<br />

20 will tend to reduce yields, require more insecticide applications and result in delayed harvest.<br />

The minimum temperature necessary for cotton seed germination is near 60 degrees, while<br />

optimum germination temperatures range from 85-95 degrees. With seed <strong>of</strong> average quality, the<br />

soil temperature should be 65 degrees or higher for good rate <strong>of</strong> emergence <strong>of</strong> healthy vigorous<br />

plants. Check soil temperature at a 2-3 inch depth at 8:00 - 10:00 a.m. for three to five days to<br />

make sure the seedbed has reached 65 degrees and warm dry weather is predicted for the next<br />

five to seven days.<br />

30


For maximum efficiency in weed and disease control, harvesting, etc., establish a population <strong>of</strong><br />

30,000 to 60,000 plants per acre. Excessive plant populations will cause higher fruiting on the<br />

plants, shorter limbs, smaller bolls and fewer bolls per plant. A stand <strong>of</strong> three to five plants per<br />

foot <strong>of</strong> row will require four to six seeds per foot <strong>of</strong> row under normal conditions. The following<br />

table will help determine the row spacing required to obtain a desired plant population.<br />

Rate and Spacing<br />

Table 6. <strong>Plant</strong> populations at various row spacings.<br />

Row Spacing (inches)<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>s<br />

per 7.5 10 15 30 36 38 40<br />

foot<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>s per Acre<br />

1.0 69696 52272 34848 17424 14520 13756 13068<br />

1.5 104544 78408 52272 26136 21780 20634 19602<br />

2.0 139392 104544 69696 34848 29040 27512 26136<br />

2.5 174240 130680 87120 43560 36300 34390 32670<br />

3.0 209088 156816 104544 52272 43560 41268 39204<br />

3.5 243936 182952 121968 60984 50820 48146 45738<br />

4.0 278784 209088 139392 69696 58080 55024 52272<br />

4.5 313632 235224 156816 78408 65340 61902 58806<br />

5.0 348480 261360 174240 87120 72600 68780 65340<br />

* <strong>Plant</strong> populations for UNR cotton should be evaluated by plants per square foot.<br />

Depth <strong>of</strong> <strong>Plant</strong>ing<br />

After carefully calibrating the cotton planter to plant the desired number <strong>of</strong> seed, check the depth<br />

seed are placed. Set the planter to place seed 0.5 to 1 inch deep. The depth will have to be<br />

rechecked when soil conditions change. Factors such as moisture, soil temperature, soil texture,<br />

crusting potential and type <strong>of</strong> seedbed should be considered. When planting 0.5 to 0.75 inch<br />

deep, take care to insure the seed are covered to prevent injury from surface-applied herbicides.<br />

As the soil warms and moisture is lost, the seed may be planted 1 to 12 inches deep to allow<br />

planting in moist soil. Never plant cotton seed deeper than 1.5 inches.<br />

Making Re-plant Decisions<br />

Each year many producers are forced to replant cotton due to adverse conditions the most<br />

difficult decisions to make and second guessing is very common.<br />

Calendar Date<br />

The recommended planting window for Tennessee is April 20-May 10. Although boll weevil<br />

eradication, Bt cotton and early-maturing varieties may have extended the planting window,<br />

most researchers agree that planting after May 25 is beyond the optimum planting window. A<br />

poor stand may be replanted on May 1 but will more likely be kept on May 25. Regardless <strong>of</strong> the<br />

advances in technology, an early freeze can be devastating to an immature crop (Table 1.).<br />

Setting a two bale crop on the plant and harvesting that same cotton are two different things.<br />

31


Evaluate the existing stand<br />

Go to at least 10 places within the field and measure 1/1000 th <strong>of</strong> an acre. For example, 13 feet, 9<br />

inches is 1/1000 th <strong>of</strong> an acre for 38” rows. For more row spacings see table 2. Once the desired<br />

length has been measured, count the number <strong>of</strong> plants. Multiply the number <strong>of</strong> plants X 1000 to<br />

determine your plant population per acre. Remember, go to several places and count not only the<br />

number <strong>of</strong> plants but also observe your stand for uniformity. Take note <strong>of</strong> any skips longer than<br />

three feet in length. Once this has been done, you then have to make the decision about those<br />

plants that will live and those that will die. If the plant has severe lesions on the stem and the<br />

plant is brittle, it will probably die. If the roots are discolored but remain white or green when the<br />

brown tissue is scraped away, it will probably live. Also, examine the plant terminal. How do the<br />

new leaves look If there appears to be new growth emerging, the plant may live. If the plant<br />

looks sick and you can't make a decision, assume it will die. However, cotton has a tremendous<br />

ability to survive if conditions favor growth.<br />

How many plants are needed to make a crop<br />

Research has shown that cotton yields are fairly flat when uniform populations <strong>of</strong> 20,000-70,000<br />

plants per acre are found. Uniform populations are critical and fields with large skips may need<br />

to be replanted. What is the yield potential <strong>of</strong> the field Fertile, bottomland fields may have<br />

more compensation ability than eroded, droughty hills. Remember, it's getting late and yield<br />

potential is decreasing every day. Uniform populations <strong>of</strong> 1-2 plants per foot (Table 3.) can be<br />

satisfactory provided the stand in UNIFORM.<br />

What are your costs and what cultural practices have been used<br />

Sometimes replanting to cotton is not the best option. However there are several factors that will<br />

determine this decision. Has a residual herbicide been applied Some herbicides like Cotoran,<br />

Caparol or Diuron will essentially lock you into cotton. Is the land leased or under a gin<br />

contract Lease agreements are <strong>of</strong>ten crop specific and <strong>of</strong>fer no alternatives. Also, the type <strong>of</strong><br />

rental agreement can play a role. Extremely high rent will not allow a grain alternative. Has<br />

fertilizer been applied Another factor that has become more important in recent years is the<br />

technology fee. Before replanting, determine whether the additional technology fees will be<br />

waived. Another factor to consider if replanting to a different crop is that payments in the current<br />

farm bill are decoupled from production and payments are made regardless <strong>of</strong> crop planted.<br />

Manage for earliness<br />

Choose an early maturing variety with Bt technology if you decide to replant. It is imperative<br />

that the variety be early enough to mature and provide late season worm control. Do not cut<br />

corners. If the stand was lost due to disease, use the full rate <strong>of</strong> fungicide when replanting and try<br />

to plant beside the old row. The old furrow will contain disease inoculum and conditions for<br />

disease can be worse than the first time. It is imperative that to achieve a uniform stand with this<br />

planting because time is precious. Fields that are not replanted will likely be stunted. Fruit<br />

retention will be crucial, as time may not allow for late season blooms to mature. Overtop<br />

glyphosate applications should be made within the recommended window. Late applications will<br />

delay fruiting and maturity. In addition to early square retention, timely mepiquat chloride (Pix,<br />

Pentia, Mepichlor, Mepex, etc.) or Stance applications will help improve earliness. If the stand is<br />

partially lost to hail, some <strong>of</strong> these plants with damaged terminals may lose apical dominance<br />

and become "crazy". This vegetative growth will need special care to achieve good fruiting and<br />

32


earliness. In cases when the decision to replant is made, match the correct nitrogen rate to the<br />

realistic yield potential <strong>of</strong> the late planted crop. Adding more nitrogen than necessary will delay<br />

maturity and increase the potential for damage from inclement weather.<br />

Other points to consider:<br />

Weather forecast. Does the 5-7 day forecast look promising Will conditions be conducive to<br />

plant growth or rapid germination and emergence Weather forecast can play a big role in<br />

replant decision making.If the decision to replant is made, destroy the old stand. <strong>Plant</strong>s from the<br />

first planting will mature differently and may become weeds and compete with the replanted<br />

population. Some control options are:<br />

• 24-32 oz Gramoxone Max<br />

• 24-32 oz Gramoxone Max + 32 oz Cotoran or Caparol<br />

• 32-40 oz Ignite<br />

• 32-40 oz Ignite + 32 oz Cotoran or Caparol<br />

• 22-32 oz Glyphosate for Liberty Link or non-glyphosate cotton<br />

Should the whole field or portions <strong>of</strong> the field be replanted Spot re-planting is a means <strong>of</strong><br />

reducing seeding costs and time. However, this <strong>of</strong>ten complicates crop management since several<br />

maturity ranges will be found within one field. If spot planting, try to block out parts <strong>of</strong> the field<br />

so that management inputs can be directed to larger areas. Also, choose varieties whose growth<br />

habits and maturity will closely follow the first planting.<br />

Remember that cotton is very forgiving and you can make a crop with some luck. Just remember<br />

to make your decision and commit to it. Once you make the decision to either replant or not you<br />

must believe that you have made the correct decision and do everything to ensure its success. A<br />

common rule <strong>of</strong> thumb among most university Extension specialists is “If the decision to replant<br />

is difficult, then there are probably enough plants to keep the stand.”<br />

Table 7. Date and Probability <strong>of</strong> a fall freeze by location.<br />

Probability<br />

Location 50% 25% 10%<br />

Bolivar 11-Oct 31-Oct 18-Nov<br />

Brownsville 8-Oct 5-Nov 30-Nov<br />

Covington 26-Oct 12-Nov 26-Nov<br />

Jackson 24-Oct 31-Oct 7-Nov<br />

Martin 15-Oct 7-Nov 28-Nov<br />

Memphis 6-Nov 13-Nov 19-Nov<br />

Milan 17-Oct 7-Nov 26-Nov<br />

Murfreesboro 13-Oct 4-Nov 25-Nov<br />

Newbern 13-Oct 6-Nov 28-Nov<br />

Samburg 15-Oct 6-Nov 25-Nov<br />

Savannah 20-Oct 10-Nov 29-Nov<br />

33


Table 8. Length <strong>of</strong> row need for 1/1000 th <strong>of</strong> an acre.<br />

Row Spacing (inches)<br />

7.5 10 15 30 36 38 40<br />

row length needed for 1/1000th acre<br />

69' 8" 52' 3" 34' 10" 17' 5" 14' 6" 13' 9" 13' 8"<br />

*<strong>Plant</strong> populations for UNR cotton should be evaluated by plants per square foot<br />

<strong>Plant</strong> Growth Regulators<br />

Mepiquat choloride (Pix) plant growth regulator benefits cotton production in the management <strong>of</strong><br />

boll rot and excessive vegetative growth. The use <strong>of</strong> mepiquat chloride may result in one or more<br />

<strong>of</strong> the following: height reduction, shorter limbs, more open canopy, better boll retention, less<br />

boll rot, improved defoliation and a darker green leaf color. Mepiquat-type plant growth<br />

regulators (PGRs) are products containing mepiquat chloride (such as Pix ® ; Mepex ® ; or<br />

Mepichlor ® ), mixtures <strong>of</strong> mepiquat chloride with other materials (such as Pix Plus ® ; Mepex<br />

Plus ® ; or Pix Ultra ® ), or other mepiquat-based compounds ( Pentia ® ).<br />

Like any agricultural PGR, applying mepiquat-type PGRs to cotton alters the internal hormone<br />

balance <strong>of</strong> the plant. Specifically, the mepiquat ion reduces plant synthesis <strong>of</strong> gibberellic acid by<br />

partially inhibiting one <strong>of</strong> the enzymes involved in its synthesis. One <strong>of</strong> the roles <strong>of</strong> gibberellic<br />

acids in plants is to promote cell expansion during growth, which is limited by cell wall<br />

development. Cell walls exposed to mepiquat develop and harden faster, so cells do not expand<br />

as much as untreated cells. The smaller cells in growing shoots <strong>of</strong> cotton result in shorter<br />

internodes in stems and branches. Therefore shoot growth is more compact if mepiquat-type<br />

PGRs are applied. For the reduction <strong>of</strong> cell size to affect plant height, at least 10 parts per million<br />

<strong>of</strong> mepiquat ion is required according to research by Juan Landivar and colleagues in Texas.<br />

Larger plants require a higher application rate to reach this concentration. <strong>Plant</strong> concentration <strong>of</strong><br />

mepiquat ion may be reduced by growth dilution, which is observed as plants “grow out <strong>of</strong>”<br />

earlier mepiquat applications. Table 8 indicates plant growth vigor at different stages <strong>of</strong><br />

development.<br />

Table 9. Height to node ratios for cotton PGR decisions. (Jost et al 2005)<br />

Growth Stage Normal Stressed Vegetative<br />

HNR (inches/node)<br />

Seedling 0.5-0.75 - -<br />

Early Squaring 0.75-1.2 0.7 >1.3<br />

Large Square - First<br />

Flower<br />

1.2-1.7 1.9<br />

Early Bloom 1.7-2.0 2.5<br />

Early Bloom + 2 weeks 2.0-2.2 2.5<br />

Jost, P., S. M. Brown, S. Culpepper, G. Harris, B Kermerait, P. Roberts, D. Shurley, and J.<br />

Williams. 2005. 2005 Georgia Cotton production guide p 37-39.<br />

Reduction <strong>of</strong> stem cell size and plant height with mepiquat has many other effects on the plant.<br />

Total leaf area is reduced, and a greater proportion <strong>of</strong> sunlight penetrates to lower leaves, which<br />

34


can reduce the occurrence <strong>of</strong> boll rot. Resources such as energy and nutrients that would<br />

otherwise go into cell expansion and vegetative growth is available to support reproductive<br />

development. Together, these effects shift a greater proportion <strong>of</strong> boll production to lower nodal<br />

positions than in untreated cotton. This shift can lead to earlier cutout and maturity <strong>of</strong> the crop,<br />

which is <strong>of</strong>ten beneficial to cotton grown in short-season environments like Tennessee.<br />

The producer has the option <strong>of</strong> a single, dual, or up to four low-rate multiple applications <strong>of</strong><br />

mepiquat chloride. When cotton is under stress from dry soil conditions, insect or mite pressure,<br />

disease, herbicide injury or fertility stress, the application <strong>of</strong> mepiquat chloride should be<br />

avoided. Wait for rain to reduce plant stress or treat to reduce insects before treating with<br />

mepiquat chloride.<br />

Mepiquat chloride can be applied using either water or oil as a diluent. When using water, apply<br />

at least three gallons per acre by air or 10 gallons with ground equipment. Thorough coverage <strong>of</strong><br />

the cotton foliage is required. When using oil as a diluent for ultra low volume (ULV) aerial<br />

application be sure to use a nonphytotoxic oil concentrate with either a petroleum or vegetable<br />

oil base. Follow the mepiquat chloride label closely for purchasing oil and mixing instructions.<br />

The use <strong>of</strong> a good quality surfactant with mepiquat chloride application can reduce the rain-safe<br />

period from eight to four hours. Mepiquat chloride has an aqueous base and is compatible with<br />

most insecticides and miticides. Compatibility can be checked by adding a teaspoon <strong>of</strong><br />

insecticide or miticide to one pint <strong>of</strong> ready-to-use spray solution <strong>of</strong> mepiquat chloride.<br />

Restrictions and Limitations<br />

Insect or mite damage before, at or after application <strong>of</strong> mepiquat chloride can lead to yield<br />

decreases.<br />

• Do not make a single application <strong>of</strong> 0.5 to 1 pint <strong>of</strong> mepiquat chloride to cotton that is<br />

drought stressed. If using the low rate multiple option, discontinue use until the moisture<br />

stress is alleviated.<br />

• Do not apply more than 1.5 pints <strong>of</strong> mepiquat chloride per acre per season.<br />

• Do not apply mepiquat chloride within 30 days <strong>of</strong> harvest.<br />

• Do not graze or feed cotton foliage to livestock within 30 days <strong>of</strong> application, or after<br />

applying mepiquat chloride in oil as a ULV application by air.<br />

• Do not tank mix with other products other than mentioned on label.<br />

• Do not apply mepiquat chloride through any type <strong>of</strong> irrigation system.<br />

Under good growing conditions the recommendation would be to get some mepiquat into the<br />

plant early and follow up 10-14 days later with another application. Once you have a fruit load<br />

and some plant growth control then make another application during early bloom. The best<br />

advice is to get the plant under control right around bloom. A single application <strong>of</strong> 12-16 oz has<br />

shown to be effective at early bloom then followed up as needed. The tricky part will be on<br />

rolling hills. A at bloom application should work well in most situations. For vigorous varieties<br />

that can get rank in good growth environments, a low rate (2-4 oz broadcast) application at early<br />

match-head square with follow up applications based on plant vigor should suffice. The at-bloom<br />

treatment will also work well with these varieties. Some varieties much less aggressive and at<br />

bloom applications will likely suffice for growth control. However, under the correct growing<br />

35


conditions all varieties will need growth control and situations like poor fruit load or late<br />

planting will require a more aggressive approach. A good rule <strong>of</strong> thumb is to make applications<br />

based on field history, plant vigor, variety, fruit load and weather forecast. Remember, growth<br />

control should take place before and very near bloom. PGRs can do a lot <strong>of</strong> things but they can’t<br />

shrink the plant. Take all <strong>of</strong> these into consideration when making the decision and when in<br />

doubt call an extension agent or specialist for help.<br />

Table 10. <strong>Plant</strong> growth regulator application strategies.<br />

Single or Dual Application<br />

First Application<br />

Apply when cotton is actively growing and is between 20"<br />

and 30" tall, provided cotton is not more than 7 days beyond<br />

early bloom stage (5-6 blooms per 25 row feet). If cotton is<br />

24" tall and has no blooms apply Mepiquat chloride plant<br />

regulator. Use 2 pint per acre on cotton where excessive<br />

vegetative growth is not likely to be a problem, and 1 pint per<br />

acre in areas tending to have excessive vegetative growth.<br />

Second Application<br />

Field has a history <strong>of</strong> excessive growth, and/or conditions<br />

after the first application are favorable for excessive growth,<br />

apply a second application 2 to 3 weeks after the first<br />

application.<br />

Multiple Low-rate applications<br />

First Application:<br />

Match head square stage <strong>of</strong> growth.<br />

Second Application:<br />

14 days later, or when excessive re-growth occurs.<br />

Third Application:<br />

14 days later, or when excessive re-growth occurs.<br />

Fourth Application:<br />

14 days later, or when excessive re-growth occurs.<br />

Rate per acre<br />

Mepiquat Stance<br />

0.5-1.0 pint 2.0-3.0 oz<br />

0.5 pint 2.0 oz<br />

Mepiquat<br />

2.0-4.0 oz<br />

2.0-4.0 oz<br />

2.0-4.0 oz<br />

2.0-4.0 oz<br />

Defoliation and Harvest Timing<br />

Defoliation is an <strong>of</strong>ten-overlooked process that if done properly, can pay large dividends.<br />

Defoliation is relatively easy in some situations and extremely difficult in others. Defoliation is<br />

the application <strong>of</strong> chemicals to encourage or force cotton leaves to drop from the plant in order to<br />

harvest the crop in a timely manner. Proper defoliation requires a balancing act between killing<br />

the leaves too quickly or not affecting the leaf at all. Successful defoliation requires that the leaf<br />

must stay alive long enough to begin the formation <strong>of</strong> an abscission zone resulting in leaf drop.<br />

Killing the leaf too rapidly results in a leaf that is frozen or "stuck" to the plant, creating<br />

unnecessary trash.<br />

Proper defoliation is a pr<strong>of</strong>itable part <strong>of</strong> a total cotton management system. Benefits include:<br />

1. Elimination <strong>of</strong> the main source <strong>of</strong> stain and trash, resulting in better grades.<br />

36


2. Faster and more efficient picker operation.<br />

3. Quicker drying <strong>of</strong> dew, allowing picking to begin earlier in the day.<br />

4. Straightening <strong>of</strong> lodged plants for more efficient picking.<br />

5. Retardation <strong>of</strong> boll rot.<br />

6. Potential stimulation <strong>of</strong> boll opening, which can increase earliness, yield, and pr<strong>of</strong>it.<br />

When to defoliate<br />

There are many ways to determine proper defoliation timing but the following have proven to be<br />

effective.<br />

NAWF 5 + 850 DD60’s<br />

Using heat unit accumulation after NAWF 5 has some merit when determining defoliation<br />

timing. Calculating DD60’s after NAWF is a good way to gauge crop maturity and should only<br />

be used in combination with other techniques. This method is almost certainly the first to<br />

recommend defoliation and can sometimes be too early. DD60 accumulation after NAWF should<br />

always be accompanied by % open boll and the sharp knife technique to ensure that premature<br />

defoliation does not occur. Early defoliation can reduce micronaire but it has also shown to<br />

reduce yield in many situations. One must first weigh the benefits <strong>of</strong> decreased micronaire vs.<br />

the potential yield loss.<br />

Percent Open Boll<br />

Measuring percent open boll has been the standard defoliation technique for many years and is<br />

still the “old standby”. It is generally safe to defoliate when 60 percent <strong>of</strong> the bolls are open.<br />

However this strategy may not work well in situations where fruit has been set over a varying<br />

period <strong>of</strong> time due to plant stresses. In some situations, defoliation at 60 percent open would be<br />

premature and cut short the development <strong>of</strong> the top bolls, therefore reducing yield and<br />

micronaire. On the other hand, a crop set in a short period <strong>of</strong> time could be safely defoliated at<br />

40 to 50 percent open boll. Many producers under estimate percent open boll and may be waiting<br />

until 70-80% open to defoliate. Measuring % open boll from the truck will generally<br />

underestimate % open boll. I encourage all producers to measure 3 feet <strong>of</strong> row in 10 places in the<br />

field and actually count open and closed bolls. This is the only way to accurately determine %<br />

open boll.<br />

Node above Cracked Boll (NACB)<br />

A NACB <strong>of</strong> 4 is usually safe for defoliation. However, low plant populations (less than two<br />

plants per foot <strong>of</strong> row) may need a NACB count <strong>of</strong> 3 to be safe. Low plant populations result in<br />

a less evenly distributed crop with high numbers <strong>of</strong> bolls set on vegetative branches and outer<br />

positions <strong>of</strong> fruiting branches. To use NACB, find the uppermost first position cracked boll and<br />

count upwards on the plant to the uppermost harvestable boll. Once the NACB has been<br />

determined, cut the uppermost harvestable boll to inspect the lint and seed. If the boll is mature<br />

then defoliation is safe. If the uppermost harvestable boll is immature, wait until NACB <strong>of</strong> 3.<br />

Sharp Knife Technique<br />

The sharp knife technique should be used to validate all methods <strong>of</strong> defoliation timing. Choose<br />

the uppermost boll that has a chance <strong>of</strong> contributing to yield. Make a cross section <strong>of</strong> the boll<br />

with a sharp knife. Bolls are generally safe when they are difficult to cut and a cross section <strong>of</strong><br />

the seed reveals folded cotyledons, absence <strong>of</strong> jelly and darkened seed coats.<br />

37


The boll on the left illustrates a cross section <strong>of</strong> an immature boll revealing undeveloped<br />

cotyledons. The boll in the center is nearly mature, while the boll on the right is a fully mature<br />

boll.<br />

Hal Lewis Method<br />

The Hal Lewis Method <strong>of</strong> timing defoliation has gained momentum over the last several years<br />

and has shown promise in predicting end <strong>of</strong> season micronaire. The system uses a representative<br />

sample <strong>of</strong> the bottom four first position bolls and compares the micronaire to a chart which<br />

predicts whole field micronaire. If whole field micronaire is predicted to be in the discount<br />

range, defoliation is recommended. The technique could save a producer from discounts while<br />

maintaining yields. The website highlighted above gives detailed sampling instructions for those<br />

producers interested in using this method.<br />

Regardless <strong>of</strong> which method you prefer, a combination <strong>of</strong> several <strong>of</strong> the techniques should<br />

always be used. All growers are urged to walk as many <strong>of</strong> their fields as possible and determine<br />

the overall maturity <strong>of</strong> their crop. Rarely do all portions <strong>of</strong> a field mature at the same time but<br />

some <strong>of</strong> the risks <strong>of</strong> defoliating too early or late can be reduced by using a combination <strong>of</strong> the<br />

aforementioned techniques.<br />

Once producers decide that defoliation is needed, they must determine when the chemical should<br />

be applied, what material(s) will be applied, and how much material(s) to apply. Crop condition<br />

and air temperatures will largely determine the selection <strong>of</strong> defoliation materials and rates. Still,<br />

desired defoliation materials and rates <strong>of</strong> application <strong>of</strong>ten change during the season with<br />

changes in crop condition and weather. In the end, the two most important factors in determining<br />

when to defoliate are crop maturity and desired harvest schedule.<br />

Poor defoliation can be economically costly.<br />

Defoliation should be coordinated with picker availability. Applications should be timed so that<br />

harvesting can keep up with defoliation. In general, defoliate only as much acreage as can be<br />

harvested in about 12 days. Early defoliation <strong>of</strong> excess acreage can decrease yields, expose lint<br />

to weather more than necessary, and increase the likelihood <strong>of</strong> significant regrowth. When<br />

harvesting capacity is low for the acreage involved, consider abandoning the "once-over"<br />

strategy and plan to "scrap" or "second-pick" the acreage picked during the first week. This may<br />

improve grades and prevent losses should unfavorable weather shorten the harvest season.<br />

38


Defoliants work best on mature cotton under warm, humid, sunny conditions. Cool temperatures<br />

at the time <strong>of</strong> application and for the 3 to 5 days afterward can retard the activity <strong>of</strong> defoliants<br />

and cause less than desirable defoliation. If possible, defoliants should not be applied during cool<br />

snaps. Better defoliation will occur if you can wait for a warm spell that is predicted to last for at<br />

least 3 to 4 days. Defoliation is not always justified. Cotton that is completely cutout with<br />

"tough" leaves may not need defoliation if harvested with care. In this situation, it is important<br />

not to pick too early or late in the day to avoid excess moisture. If you are considering picking<br />

without defoliation, pick a trailer full and see how well it cleans up at the gin. If the gin can clean<br />

the lint so that it will grade a 41 or better, then defoliation may not be needed.<br />

Types <strong>of</strong> Defoliants:<br />

Defoliants can be categorized as having either herbicidal or hormonal activity. Def, Folex,<br />

Harvade, and Aim are herbicidal-type defoliants that injure the plant, causing it to produce<br />

ethylene in response to this injury. The ethylene promotes abscission and leaf drop. If these<br />

defoliants are applied at rates too high for the temperature, they kill the leaf too quickly before<br />

ethylene can be produced. This results in desiccation or "leaf stick" instead <strong>of</strong> the desired<br />

defoliation (leaf drop). Dropp, FreeFall, Finish, CottonQuik, and Prep are hormonal defoliants<br />

that result in increased ethylene synthesis by the plant. Prep releases ethylene, which stimulates<br />

further ethylene synthesis in the plant, resulting in abscission zone formation in the boll walls<br />

and leaf petioles. Dropp is a type <strong>of</strong> hormone called a cytokinin. Although cytokinins promote<br />

leaf health in most plant species, in cotton and related species such as velvetleaf, cytokinins<br />

promote ethylene synthesis and act as a defoliant. Because these hormonal-type defoliants<br />

bypass herbicidal injury, they are not as likely to cause desiccation (leaf stick) as herbicidal<br />

defoliants.<br />

Herbicidal Defoliants<br />

Def 6 and Folex 6: These phosphate-type materials have been the standard defoliants in<br />

Tennessee for several years. Their performance is essentially equal and they are effective over a<br />

broad range <strong>of</strong> environment conditions. Minimum temperature for optimum performance is 55-<br />

60 degrees F. These materials do not inhibit regrowth or appreciably improve boll opening and<br />

activity improves with increased maturity <strong>of</strong> the crop. Leaf removal with each <strong>of</strong> these products<br />

is usually rapid and addition <strong>of</strong> surfactants <strong>of</strong>fers benefit only under adverse conditions. One<br />

thing is certain; both products have a pungent odor.<br />

Labeled Rates: 16—32 oz per acre<br />

Harvade: Harvade has generally provided defoliation <strong>of</strong> mature cotton equal to Def 6 and Folex<br />

6 but is usually slower. Harvade does not inhibit regrowth or improve boll opening. Addition<br />

crop oil concentrate (1 pt./A) is necessary for acceptable defoliation. Addition <strong>of</strong> Harvade will<br />

increase desiccation <strong>of</strong> morningglories and other viney weeds. Harvade has very little odor.<br />

Labeled Rates:<br />

Lintplus: Lintplus is a dimethipin (Harvade) product. Lintplus is a plant growth regulant that<br />

affects certain plant processes, which lead to defoliation and lint maturation. Lintplus is used<br />

primarily as a preconditioning treatment applied at 10-30% open bolls and <strong>of</strong>fers some<br />

desiccation <strong>of</strong> weed species. Lintplus generally requires a follow up treatment.<br />

Labeled Rate: 20 oz per acre<br />

39


Ginstar: Ginstar is an emulsifiable concentrate formulation <strong>of</strong> thidiazuron (active ingredient in<br />

Dropp and FreeFall) and diuron (Karmex, Direx). It is applied to mature cotton at least 5 days<br />

before harvest, but defoliation may take longer under cool conditions. Addition <strong>of</strong> adjuvants or<br />

excess rates can cause desiccation or “stuck leaves” under warm conditions. The Ginstar label<br />

does not discuss tank mixtures, but tank mixtures with ethephon have enhanced boll-opening<br />

activity.<br />

Labeled Rates: 6.4—16 oz per acre<br />

Paraquat (Gramoxone Max, Boa): Paraquat can aid in opening <strong>of</strong> mature bolls when 2.1 to<br />

3.3 oz./A are mixed with Def, Folex, Dropp, Harvade, or Ethephon.<br />

Labeled Rates: 2.1—3.3 oz per acre<br />

Leafless: Leafless is a combination <strong>of</strong> thidiazuron (Dropp) and dimethipin (Harvade). It<br />

combines the benefits <strong>of</strong> dimethipin listed above with good to excellent regrowth inhibition, and<br />

removal <strong>of</strong> juvenile growth provided by thidiazuron. Limited research has also shown that split<br />

applications <strong>of</strong> Leafless are effective in defoliating rank cotton. The recommended rate <strong>of</strong> 10-12<br />

ounces per acre delivers the equivalent <strong>of</strong> 0.125-0.15 lbs. Dropp/Freefall and 6.7-7.7 ounces per<br />

acre Harvade. If morningglory desiccation is desired, additional Harvade and Prep will be<br />

required. Crop oil concentrate at 0.5 to 1.0 pints per acre should be added to Leafless.<br />

Labeled Rates: 10—12 oz per acre<br />

Aim: Aim is a herbicidal defoliant that was registered for use as a defoliant in 2001. Aim has<br />

excellent activity in desiccation <strong>of</strong> juvenile growth, but does not inhibit regrowth. In mature<br />

cotton, and/or cool conditions, Aim activity has been shown to be similar to Def or Folex. In<br />

warm conditions, however, less than desirable defoliation and excessive desiccation has been<br />

shown with Aim. In situations in which two applications are necessary, Aim has performed very<br />

well as the second application. Aim has shown excellent activity in desiccating morningglories.<br />

In situations with thick vines, Aim alone or in combination with other defoliants will desiccate<br />

morningglories very well. Aim can be tankmixed with any <strong>of</strong> the other defoliants, and the<br />

addition <strong>of</strong> 1% v/v crop oil is needed.<br />

Labeled Rates: 1—1.5 oz per acre<br />

glyphosate (many formulations): Glyphosate provides excellent regrowth inhibition <strong>of</strong><br />

conventional (non-Roundup Ready) cotton when applied in conjunction with defoliants or<br />

ethephon and results in excellent johnsongrass control. Check specific product labels for<br />

registrations as a harvest aide.<br />

Labeled Rates: 13–51 oz per acre weed and regrowth control in non-RR cotton<br />

Hormonal Defoliants and Boll Opening Materials<br />

Dropp: (Dropp 50WP, FreeFall): These thidiazuron products are formulated as a wettable<br />

powder. They require a 24-hour rainfree period and are also sensitive to cool weather. Dropp<br />

should not be applied when the average 24-hour temperature is predicted to be below 60 degrees<br />

F for two to three days after application. Although Dropp is slower in leaf removal than Def or<br />

Folex and may leave some bottom leaves, Dropp effectively removes younger leaves at the shoot<br />

tips. Dropp does not improve boll opening. However, Dropp will strongly inhibit regrowth when<br />

40


applied under favorable weather conditions. If Dropp is used under less than favorable<br />

conditions, the addition <strong>of</strong> crop oil concentrate (1 pt./A) or methyl parathion (0.25 lb./A) may<br />

enhance the activity <strong>of</strong> this material. It is important to follow suggested cleanout procedures with<br />

Dropp or FreeFall.<br />

Labeled Rates: 0.1—0.4 lb ai per acre<br />

Finish 6 Pro: Finish contains ethephon and the synergist cyclanilide that aids in defoliation.<br />

Finish is an excellent boll opener and can be a stand-alone product in cooler temperatures and<br />

well-cutout situations. Finish also exhibits a limited level <strong>of</strong> regrowth control. Finish is generally<br />

a faster boll opener than ethephon and can be tankmixed with thidiazuron, phosphate materials,<br />

and Ginstar.<br />

CottonQuik: CottonQuik also contains the boll opener ethephon and a synergist different from<br />

the one found in Finish. It is an excellent boll opener. Acceptable defoliation with CottonQuik<br />

alone requires mature cotton with mature leaves. In cases <strong>of</strong> rank growth, or the potential for<br />

regrowth, the addition <strong>of</strong> Dropp, Freefall, Def, or Folex is recommended.<br />

Desiccants<br />

Sodium Chlorate: More than one brand <strong>of</strong> sodium chlorate may be available. Higher rates <strong>of</strong><br />

sodium chlorate may act as a desiccant, tending to stick leaves on the cotton plant. At normal use<br />

rates for defoliation, sodium chlorate is generally not as effective as the other defoliants. It is not<br />

a strong inhibitor <strong>of</strong> terminal growth. Do not mix the chlorates with phosphate defoliants,<br />

phosphate insecticides or Prep.<br />

Paraquat (Gramoxone Max, Boa): Use higher rates for desiccation <strong>of</strong> weeds and for stripperharvested<br />

cotton.<br />

Defoliating Drought-Stressed and Rank Cotton<br />

Drought-stressed cotton <strong>of</strong>ten has thick cuticles and leathery leaves that inhibit the uptake <strong>of</strong><br />

many defoliants. The potential for regrowth is <strong>of</strong>ten high due to unused nitrogen remaining after<br />

premature cutout. The uptake <strong>of</strong> Dropp or Freefall appears to be slightly inhibited in droughtstressed<br />

cotton and higher rates may be needed. Leafless and Ginstar both deliver a liquid form<br />

<strong>of</strong> thidiazuron and limited research suggests that their uptake may be less affected by droughtstressed<br />

cotton than Dropp or Freefall. Tank-mixtures with Def or Folex as well as the addition<br />

<strong>of</strong> silicone surfactants or ammonium sulfate has been shown to increase the uptake <strong>of</strong> Dropp or<br />

Freefall on drought stressed cotton. However, use caution when applying higher rates or<br />

adjuvants in warmer weather as desiccation and stuck leaves may result.<br />

Obtaining adequate coverage makes defoliation <strong>of</strong> rank cotton challenging. A common mistake<br />

is to increase rates in an effort to achieve better defoliation. Increased rates are likely to cause<br />

leaf desiccation at the top <strong>of</strong> the plant because most spray solution is intercepted there. In rank<br />

situations, the best approach is to apply normal rates, keeping in mind that a second application<br />

is likely to be necessary. Rank cotton is generally more expensive to defoliate than normal<br />

cotton. However, if a good job is done on the first application, the second application may not<br />

require the high rates or complex tank mixes. Additionally, a boll opener can be more effective if<br />

added to the second application.<br />

41


Drought-stressed cotton has thicker cuticles that limit the penetration <strong>of</strong> some products. In high<br />

temperatures, combinations <strong>of</strong> herbicidal-type defoliants may desiccate leaves. Regrowth is <strong>of</strong>ten<br />

a problem if rainfall occurs following application. Regrowth can be a concern with applications<br />

<strong>of</strong> Def or Folex alone or tank-mixed with ethephon depending on moisture conditions and<br />

temperature following application Activity <strong>of</strong> most defoliants is reduced under cooler conditions<br />

and higher rates will be needed. Regrowth is generally not as big a concern as with warmer<br />

temperatures. Boll openers should be added to all treatments to ensure boll opening in the event<br />

<strong>of</strong> freezing temperatures.<br />

Cotton Diseases<br />

Seedling diseases routinely cause losses for cotton producers in Tennessee. They comprise the<br />

number one disease problem. The estimated loss averages 9.3 percent annually, based on a range<br />

<strong>of</strong> 5 to 18 percent since 1989. The average seedling disease loss for the U. S. Cottonbelt is only 3<br />

percent annually for the same period. During cool, wet planting seasons, such as 1989, 1990,<br />

1993, 1997 and 2008, seedling diseases can become severe. Loss estimates do not include cost <strong>of</strong><br />

replanting or losses due to lateness <strong>of</strong> replanted cotton.<br />

A number <strong>of</strong> organisms are associated with cotton seedling diseases. The organisms include both<br />

seed- and soil-borne fungi and bacteria. The soil-borne fungi, Rhizoctonia solani and Pythium<br />

spp., are the most important causes <strong>of</strong> seedling diseases in Tennessee. Rhizoctonia solani is the<br />

fungus most commonly associated with seedling diseases; however, during cool, wet seasons<br />

Pythium spp. may become more prevalent. Thielaviopsis basicola is being found to cause<br />

seedling diseases more frequently each year.<br />

Symptoms<br />

The various phases <strong>of</strong> seedling diseases include seed-rot, root-rot, preemergence damping-<strong>of</strong>f<br />

and postemergence damping-<strong>of</strong>f. The term "seed-rot" is used to describe the decay <strong>of</strong> seed before<br />

germination.<br />

Root-rot (or black-root) may occur anytime after germination <strong>of</strong> the seed, but may not become<br />

conspicuous or cause severe damage until after the emergence <strong>of</strong> the seedling. Preemergence<br />

damping-<strong>of</strong>f refers to the disease condition in which the seedling is killed between germination<br />

and emergence from the soil. The death <strong>of</strong> seedlings resulting shortly after their emergence from<br />

the soil is termed postemergence damping-<strong>of</strong>f. The latter is referred to as "sore shin" when<br />

only stem girdling occurs. Rhizoctonia is usually the cause <strong>of</strong> sore shin.<br />

Seedling Disease Control<br />

Seed treatments: Fungicide seed treatments give control <strong>of</strong> seed-rot and some control <strong>of</strong><br />

preemergence damping-<strong>of</strong>f. However, seed treatment gives little, if any, control <strong>of</strong> postemergence<br />

damping-<strong>of</strong>f and root-rot. Seed treatment is quite effective in controlling seed-borne<br />

diseases.<br />

Soil treatments: Postemergence damping-<strong>of</strong>f and root-rot can be controlled to some extent by<br />

soil treatment. Three methods <strong>of</strong> applying soil fungicides are recommended in Tennessee. These<br />

methods are the hopper-box method, the in-furrow spray method and the in-furrow granule<br />

42


method. These methods should be used in addition to the recommended seed treatments.<br />

Producers are advised to use the seedling disease point system on Table 3 to determine if<br />

fungicide application is necessary.<br />

Hopper-Box Method: Mix recommended fungicides thoroughly with fuzzy, re-ginned or acid<br />

delinted seed just before planting. Mixing may be done in a container, such as a tub, or<br />

alternating layers <strong>of</strong> seed and fungicide as they are placed in the hopper. Hopper-box fungicides<br />

cannot be applied as effectively on acid-delinted seed.<br />

Application <strong>of</strong> the fungicide in the hopper-box may change the seeding rate, and<br />

recalibration <strong>of</strong> the planter may be required. Because <strong>of</strong> handling and mixing the hopper-box<br />

materials, clogging <strong>of</strong> the planter and abrasive action <strong>of</strong> the chemical, this method is not as<br />

desirable as the in-furrow methods. Although less expensive, it is also less effective; but when<br />

used properly, gives better results than seed treatments alone, especially under lower disease<br />

pressure.<br />

In-Furrow Spray Method: This method consists <strong>of</strong> applying a soil fungicide into the seed<br />

furrow and to the covering soil during the planting operation. Application is best accomplished<br />

with two spray nozzles mounted on the planter. A cone-pattern nozzle is suggested for applying<br />

the material into the furrow behind the planter shoe. This nozzle should be placed far enough<br />

behind the shoe to prevent wetting and clogging <strong>of</strong> the seed spout. The second nozzle should be<br />

placed so as to direct the spray into the covering soil in front <strong>of</strong> the press wheel. The<br />

recommended height for the front nozzle is 12 inches above the original soil surface, with a<br />

TX6 tip and 2 to 3 inches above the soil for the back nozzle with a TX3 tip. Where space is<br />

limited and two nozzles cannot be used, substitute one nozzle with an TX8 or TX10 tip. Use 3-5<br />

gallons <strong>of</strong> water per acre.<br />

In-Furrow Granule Method: Granular fungicides or fungicide-insecticide combinations have<br />

given good control <strong>of</strong> seedling disease. They can be applied with applicators used for other<br />

granular chemicals and eliminate the need for additional spray equipment and water with the<br />

spray method. Effective control with granules depends on proper placement in the furrow<br />

between the seed spout and the covering device.<br />

Leaf Spots and Blights<br />

Several leaf spot and blight diseases occur on cotton and under favorable conditions can cause<br />

considerable damage. The most important <strong>of</strong> these diseases are Ascochyta blight (wet weather<br />

blight), bacterial blight (blackarm and angular leaf spot), Cercospora leaf spot and Alternaria leaf<br />

spot. These diseases cause various types <strong>of</strong> leaf-spot and blight symptoms. The following<br />

measures will help control these minor disease problems: (1) use a recommended fungicidal<br />

seed treatment, (2) destroy crop residue by chopping and plowing it under, (3) use suitable<br />

rotations as prescribed for other diseases, (4) plant resistant varieties when they are available,<br />

and (5) keep potassium fertility at a high level according to soil tests.<br />

43


Cotton Disease Control Guide<br />

1. PLANT HIGH-QUALITY SEED with 80 percent-plus germination.<br />

2. TREAT SEED with a fungicide to avoid early losses.<br />

3. SOIL TEMPERATURE should be 65-70 F before planting.<br />

4. IN-FURROW SOIL fungicides should be used in addition to seed treatments, not in<br />

place <strong>of</strong> them.<br />

5. ROTATE to avoid the build up <strong>of</strong> disease organisms.<br />

6. DISEASE-RESISTANT VARIETIES should be planted.<br />

7. CULTURAL PRACTICES, such as planting on a bed, also helps prevent disease<br />

When using a single delivery tube, attach a flared baffle to the end approximately at a 45- to 90-<br />

degree angle to the row to obtain a 2-3 inch wide band. Granules then fall into the furrow from<br />

the seed drop to the covering device. If hill planting, a single delivery tube may be placed in the<br />

seed spout <strong>of</strong> some planters rather than using the baffle. If the delivery tube cannot be placed in<br />

the hill-drop attachment, a drill rate is required to be effective. When using either method, be<br />

sure the granules are well-dispersed around the seed and in the covering soil to avoid injury or<br />

ineffective disease control.<br />

Cultural Practices: Certain cultural practices can help considerably in controlling seedling<br />

disease. Turning under crop residues as early as possible is suggested. Also, crop rotation with<br />

soybeans, corn, or grass will help prevent the buildup <strong>of</strong> organisms pathogenic to cotton<br />

seedlings. A well-prepared seedbed greatly enhances the chances <strong>of</strong> a good stand. <strong>Plant</strong>ing on<br />

beds has been shown to be <strong>of</strong> considerable value in some seasons by providing better drainage<br />

and warmer soil temperatures.<br />

Use certified seed or high-quality seed with a germination <strong>of</strong> 80 percent or higher. An important<br />

practice is to plant only when soil temperatures reach 65-70 F and are expected to remain that<br />

high or higher for an extended period <strong>of</strong> time<br />

Nematode Management<br />

For several years, reinform nematodes (Rotylenchulus reniformis) have been a severe problem in<br />

cotton production in several states south <strong>of</strong> Tennessee. In the fall <strong>of</strong> 1997 and 1998 the reinform<br />

nematode was found in several fields in Madison and Crockett counties. This nematode is spread<br />

very easily on farm equipment. Producers should sample their cotton land for this nematode in<br />

the fall after harvest.<br />

No current varieties are resistant to the reniform nematode. If reniform nematode is present,<br />

producers should either rotate with a non-host crop such as corn or grain sorghum or with<br />

soybean varieties resistant to reniform. Temik 15G at 5 lb./acre applied in-furrow at planting will<br />

reduce the reniform nematode population for the early part <strong>of</strong> the season.<br />

Insect Management<br />

Integrated Pest Management<br />

An Integrated Pest Management (IPM) program integrates control tactics including cultural<br />

practices, variety selection, biological control and insecticides to manage/control insect pest<br />

populations so that economic damage and harmful environmental side effects are minimized.<br />

44


Insecticides should only be used on an as-needed basis; therefore, insect scouting must be<br />

conducted regularly throughout the season to determine if an insecticide application is warranted.<br />

Scouting/Monitoring: Insect populations vary from year to year and field to field during the<br />

growing season. All fields should be monitored for both insect pests and beneficial populations<br />

at least weekly during the season, preferably twice weekly after blooming has begun. In areas <strong>of</strong><br />

high insect pressure or increasing populations, twice-a-week scouting is recommended.<br />

Monitoring plant growth and development is an important aspect <strong>of</strong> crop management,<br />

maximizing yield potential and managing insects.<br />

Two basic components <strong>of</strong> decision making in IPM are the economic injury level (EIL) and the<br />

economic threshold (ET). The EIL is defined as the lowest pest population density that will cause<br />

economic damage. The EIL is a pre-determined number that will justify the cost <strong>of</strong> treatment.<br />

The ET is defined as the pest population level at which control should be initiated to keep the<br />

pest population from reaching economically damaging numbers.<br />

Economic thresholds have been established for specific insect pests. Multiple pest thresholds are<br />

not well established. Therefore, it is important to monitor the plant for fruit loss and retention<br />

levels to evaluate treatment thresholds, involving either single or multiple pests. When losses<br />

from multiple pests are occurring, fixed individual pest thresholds may become dynamic or<br />

change. Decisions to apply controls should be based on thorough scouting and identification <strong>of</strong><br />

pests, cost <strong>of</strong> insecticide, the price <strong>of</strong> cotton, yield potential and fruit retention goals. The<br />

economic value <strong>of</strong> each fruiting form changes on each fruiting branch (node); therefore, it is<br />

important to know how this value is distributed on the plant. The value and placement <strong>of</strong> fruit<br />

being protected should be considered when making treatment decisions. Monitor fruit retention<br />

levels weekly, along with insects. Scheduled insecticide sprays should be avoided. Unnecessary<br />

applications <strong>of</strong> insecticide are not cost effective. Applications <strong>of</strong> insecticides on an as-needed<br />

basis will preserve beneficial insects, reducing the likelihood <strong>of</strong> secondary pest outbreaks.<br />

Certain production practices can have a significant impact on insect pest infestations. Some<br />

practices may increase the risk <strong>of</strong> insect attack and should be avoided, while others may have<br />

some level <strong>of</strong> control value. A production practice that has a negative impact on insect pests is<br />

desirable and is termed a cultural control. Some common cultural control practices include:<br />

• Fall Stalk Destruction: Destruction <strong>of</strong> cotton stalks as soon as possible following harvest<br />

reduces the food supply for boll weevils, thereby reducing the size <strong>of</strong> the overwintering<br />

population.<br />

• Pre-plant Vegetation Management: Destruction <strong>of</strong> weeds and/or cover crops by tillage or<br />

herbicide three or more weeks prior to planting will reduce the risk <strong>of</strong> cutworm infestations.<br />

• Field Border Maintenance: <strong>Plant</strong> bugs <strong>of</strong>ten build up on flowering plants surrounding<br />

cotton fields and move into fields when these preferred hosts dry up or are destroyed. Timely<br />

mowing <strong>of</strong> such vegetation can aid in reducing available hosts for plant bugs.<br />

• Managing for Earliness: Early crop maturity decreases the period <strong>of</strong> crop susceptibility to<br />

yield loss by insects, reduces insect control costs and lowers selection pressure for resistance<br />

development to insecticides.<br />

45


Crop Management Considerations<br />

Insecticide Resistance: Management <strong>of</strong> tobacco budworm in conventional cotton varieties has<br />

become more difficult in Tennessee due to the development <strong>of</strong> pyrethroid-resistant populations.<br />

Historically, budworm populations have been higher in the southern part <strong>of</strong> the state, but high<br />

populations can also occur in other areas. In response to tobacco budworm resistance, and the<br />

potential for resistance in bollworm and tarnished plant bug populations, a resistance<br />

management plan will continue to be recommended.<br />

The goal <strong>of</strong> the Insecticide Resistance Management Plan is to improve the potential <strong>of</strong><br />

maintaining effective full-season control <strong>of</strong> tobacco budworm, bollworm and tarnished plant bug<br />

by the use <strong>of</strong> different classes <strong>of</strong> chemistry in a logical sequence throughout the season, without<br />

placing excessive reliance on any single class <strong>of</strong> chemistry.<br />

In general, levels <strong>of</strong> resistance are lowest during the early part <strong>of</strong> the growing season but increase<br />

sharply following repeated exposure to a single class <strong>of</strong> chemistry. Therefore, repeated use <strong>of</strong> a<br />

single class <strong>of</strong> chemistry may no longer provide effective control. As a result, there is a potential<br />

risk <strong>of</strong> sustaining economic losses. Following a resistance management plan is a recommended<br />

method to reduce the risk.<br />

Because cotton insect pest management is dynamic, these guidelines cannot address all<br />

situations. Therefore, these recommendations are not intended to limit the pr<strong>of</strong>essional judgment<br />

<strong>of</strong> qualified individuals. However, the maximum benefit <strong>of</strong> a resistance management strategy<br />

can only be realized if all producers in a wide geographic area participate.<br />

Selection <strong>of</strong> insecticides should be based on insect pests present in the field, stage <strong>of</strong> crop<br />

development, effects on non-target organisms and the risk <strong>of</strong> contributing to resistance problems<br />

in subsequent generations.<br />

Insecticide selection for bollworm and tobacco budworm control should be made after<br />

determining the population mix and size <strong>of</strong> the infestation within a community, farm or field.<br />

When dealing with resistance, this determination can mean a control success or failure. Use all<br />

available information and techniques including scouting reports, pheromone trap catches, moth<br />

flushing counts, identification <strong>of</strong> “worms” and egg test kits.<br />

Phase I (<strong>Plant</strong>ing through June): Phase I corresponds to that time between planting and first<br />

bloom. The first field generation <strong>of</strong> tobacco budworm and bollworm generally occurs during this<br />

time.<br />

The primary objective in Phase I is to preserve the efficacy <strong>of</strong> the pyrethroids and<br />

organophosphate (OP) insecticides. Use <strong>of</strong> these insecticides in June will foster resistance in<br />

tobacco budworm, bollworm and tarnished plant bug populations. Insecticides should not be<br />

applied for control <strong>of</strong> any insect pests unless scouting techniques suggest economic losses are<br />

occurring. Producers should strive for 80 percent square retention during Phase I.<br />

Consider multiple pests and adjust treatment thresholds to achieve square retention goals. A goal<br />

<strong>of</strong> 100 percent pre-bloom square retention is not realistic if multiple insecticide applications are<br />

46


equired. These additional insecticide sprays may increase cost, flare secondary pests and<br />

increase resistance selection pressure. Selection <strong>of</strong> specific compounds should consider all insect<br />

pests in the field to be treated, activity on beneficial insects and risks <strong>of</strong> contributing to control<br />

failures in subsequent generations. Automatic applications are discouraged.<br />

Calculating Percent Square Retention:<br />

• Select 20 representative plants within a field.<br />

• Examine each first fruiting position on the top five fruiting branches (nodes).<br />

• Record the total number <strong>of</strong> missing fruit from 100 possible positions.<br />

• 100 minus number missing = percent square retention.<br />

Phase II (July to end <strong>of</strong> season): Phase II includes the blooming and boll development period,<br />

during which the second and subsequent field generations <strong>of</strong> tobacco budworm/bollworm occur.<br />

It is during this window that cotton is most susceptible to insect injury, and pyrethroid or other<br />

appropriate classes <strong>of</strong> insecticides should be used whenever pest densities exceed economic<br />

thresholds. However, pyrethroid insecticides should not be used for tobacco budworm.<br />

Pyrethroid resistance in budworm populations is well established in Tennessee. In non-Bt cotton,<br />

adequate control <strong>of</strong> tobacco budworms cannot be expected with pyrethroids. If tobacco<br />

budworms are not a small percentage <strong>of</strong> the population, pyrethroid tank mixtures are not<br />

recommended. If a failure occurs with a pyrethroid or pyrethroid tank mixture, a second<br />

application with full rates <strong>of</strong> a non-pyrethroid insecticide should be made immediately. It is not<br />

realistic to expect follow-up applications made after an insecticide control failure to totally<br />

“clean-up” remaining larvae.<br />

When unsatisfactory control with foliar insecticide occurs: All control problems are not<br />

related to insecticide resistance, and several factors should be considered in response to these<br />

problems. Treatment decisions should consider a variety <strong>of</strong> factors that influence insecticide<br />

efficacy and damage potential: species composition, population density, population age structure,<br />

application timing, insecticide dosage, application methods, application carriers, treatment<br />

evaluation timing, need for multiple applications, environmental conditions and insecticide<br />

resistance levels. Good coverage using labeled rates adjusted to infestation levels is necessary for<br />

satisfactory control. Do not expect 100 percent control with any insecticide treatment. Attempts<br />

to reduce insect populations to zero damage levels are not cost-effective and result in early fieldcontrol<br />

failures.<br />

Insect Control Termination: The plant physiological stage <strong>of</strong> “cutout” can be determined<br />

when the uppermost first position white bloom has only five fruiting branches (nodes) above it<br />

(NAWF = 5). Counting from the top, the first branch has an unfolded leaf the size <strong>of</strong> a quarter.<br />

At “cutout” stage, cotton is not as attractive to late-season insects. Economic thresholds can be<br />

adjusted to higher levels in early August than those used during the critical fruiting period (node<br />

6-16) in June and July. Late insecticide applications can <strong>of</strong>ten be terminated when considering<br />

harvestable bolls that contribute to yield. Fall armyworm and European corn borer are exceptions<br />

to this late-season termination and can damage even mature bolls if not controlled. Because<br />

leaves continue to contribute photosynthate for bolls to mature, the crop should be protected<br />

from excessive defoliation due to pest such as loopers or spider mites.<br />

47


Nodes Above White Flower (NAWF): An effective decision-making guide for insecticide<br />

termination is using heat unit accumulation for a measurement <strong>of</strong> boll maturity. Current research<br />

and demonstrations suggest that accumulating 350 - 450 heat units (DD60s) from the “cutout”<br />

date (NAWF = 5) is enough time to mature yield-contributing bolls beyond the point where<br />

economic losses from bollworm/budworm are likely to occur. Bolls should be protected during<br />

this maturing period, approximately 21 days. Related research indicates that this rule also<br />

generally applies to the tarnished plant bug and stink bugs.<br />

Guidelines to Manage Tobacco Budworm and Bollworm in Non-Bt Cotton<br />

• Promote earliness (plant between April 20 and May 10 with an early-maturing variety, use an<br />

at-planting fungicide and insecticide, avoid excessive fertilization, control all insect pests when<br />

populations exceed thresholds, consider multiple pests and maintain 80 percent square retention<br />

prior to bloom).<br />

• Do not apply automatic applications <strong>of</strong> insecticides.<br />

• Scout fields twice each week if possible.<br />

• Time insecticide applications against eggs and 1 - 2 day-old larvae.<br />

• Two treatments on a 4 - 5 day interval may be needed.<br />

• Multiple applications, at median rates, are <strong>of</strong>ten more effective than a single application at a<br />

high rate.<br />

• Consider pheromone-trapping data and moth-flushing counts to determine species composition<br />

(tobacco budworm vs. bollworm) before choosing an insecticide.<br />

• Pyrethroids are generally not recommended for control <strong>of</strong> mixed budworm/bollworm<br />

populations.<br />

• Only use pyrethroids, or pyrethroids tank mixed with carbamates or organophosphates, if<br />

tobacco budworms are a small part <strong>of</strong> the population (< 25 percent) and overall larval and egg<br />

numbers are < 8 - 10 per 100 plants.<br />

• Use insecticides from different classes <strong>of</strong> chemistry if a pyrethroid failure occurs.<br />

• Improve insecticide coverage by use <strong>of</strong> hollow-cone nozzles with adequate spray volume and<br />

pressure.<br />

• Monitor crop maturity and terminate insecticide applications when yield-contributing bolls are<br />

no longer susceptible to insect damage.<br />

Bt Cotton Management<br />

Cotton containing Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) genes will continue to be available for planting in<br />

Tennessee. The use <strong>of</strong> Bt cotton is recommended in areas with high occurrence <strong>of</strong> tobacco<br />

budworm and bollworm. Bt cotton must be monitored on a regular basis for pests, including<br />

bollworm. Tobacco budworm should not cause economic damage to Bt cotton at any time during<br />

the season, and damaging infestations <strong>of</strong> bollworm are uncommon prior to bloom. Prior to<br />

bloom, concentrate efforts in Bt cotton on monitoring square retention and scouting for pests<br />

such as plant bugs. However, fields should be checked for the presence <strong>of</strong> surviving larvae if a<br />

bollworm egg lay occurs. Larvae must feed on plant tissue to ingest a toxic dose <strong>of</strong> Bt toxin. This<br />

feeding is generally superficial and will not cause economic damage. A larva that is 1/4 inch or<br />

greater in length is considered to have survived or “escaped” the toxin.<br />

During the blooming period, bollworms can damage Bt cotton. Twice a week scouting and closer<br />

examination within the plant canopy may be necessary to locate and determine bollworm<br />

48


survival before making a treatment decision. The Bt toxin should be given an opportunity to<br />

work; therefore, treatment based just on the presence <strong>of</strong> eggs is not usually recommended. An<br />

insecticide treatment may be justified if an unusually high egg lay occurs in Bt cotton, especially<br />

for the original Bollgard technology. Spray coverage and timing are critical for best control.<br />

Resistance Management Plan – Refugia: Acreage <strong>of</strong> non-Bt cotton will provide a source <strong>of</strong><br />

susceptible moths for mating with resistant moths that survive in Bt cotton. Designated refugia<br />

acreage should be located adjacent to or in close proximity <strong>of</strong> Bt-cotton acreage. The refuge<br />

should be managed with the intent <strong>of</strong> producing a viable, vigorous crop.<br />

Refuge guidelines allow a producer to select among several refuge options. The information<br />

below is intended only as a summary <strong>of</strong> these options. Please refer to the grower licensing<br />

agreement and refuge guidelines provided by the company for complete details.<br />

• Option 1 requires a 20 percent or greater acreage planted to non-Bt cotton. This acreage<br />

can be treated with conventional insecticides, except foliar Bt products, to control all<br />

caterpillar species as well as other pests. All Bt fields must be within one mile, but preferably<br />

one half mile, <strong>of</strong> the refuge field.<br />

• Option 2 is a 5 percent non-Bt refuge that can not be treated for bollworm or tobacco<br />

budworm. The refuge must be 150 feet wide, and all Bt fields must be within one half mile<br />

<strong>of</strong> the refuge. This refuge acreage should not be treated with insecticides that control<br />

caterpillar pests. Non-caterpillar pests should be treated according to treatment thresholds,<br />

but there are restrictions on the kinds and rates <strong>of</strong> insecticides that can be used (see current<br />

licensing agreement).<br />

• Option 3 is a 5 percent non-Bt, embedded refuge that can be treated for bollworm and<br />

tobacco budworm only when Bt fields are also treated. If the embedded refuge is treated<br />

for bollworm or tobacco budworm, the associated Bollgard field or field unit must be treated<br />

at the same time with the same insecticide. Foliar Bt products cannot be used on the refuge.<br />

The refuge must be part <strong>of</strong> a field or field unit and at least 150 feet wide. A “field unit” is<br />

defined as any group <strong>of</strong> fields that are contained within a one mile square (one mile by one<br />

mile) area.<br />

Bollgard II and WideStrike Cotton<br />

Bollgard II and WideStrike cottons are more effective than the original Bollgard technology,<br />

including better activity on bollworm, armyworms and loopers. Research indicates that Bollgard<br />

II and WideStrike cotton will require fewer insecticide applications for control <strong>of</strong> caterpillar<br />

pests. New thresholds and scouting procedures are not fully developed for Bollgard II or<br />

WideStrike cotton. If bollworm infestations are found, use the existing thresholds for the original<br />

Bollgard technology. Do not expect control <strong>of</strong> cutworm infestations. Bt cotton does not control<br />

tarnished plant bugs, stink bugs or other non-caterpillar pests. Refugia requirements are the same<br />

as for Bollgard cotton.<br />

Boll Weevil<br />

Tennessee is currently conducting a boll weevil eradication program, and boll weevils should not<br />

cause economic damage to any cotton fields. Evidence <strong>of</strong> boll weevil infestations should be<br />

reported immediately to boll weevil eradication <strong>of</strong>ficials. Although ULV malathion has<br />

activity on plant bugs and stink bugs, do not rely on applications by the Boll Weevil Eradication<br />

49


Program to control these pests. The timing or frequency <strong>of</strong> applications may not be adequate to<br />

provide control.<br />

Expected Occurrence <strong>of</strong> Insect Pests in Cotton<br />

Below is a timetable <strong>of</strong> when pests are typically encountered in cotton, although conditions vary<br />

from season-to-season or farm-to-farm within a season.<br />

Stages <strong>of</strong> <strong>Plant</strong><br />

Common Pests<br />

Occasional Pests<br />

Development<br />

Emergence to 5 th true leaf Thrips Aphids, Cutworms<br />

5 th true leaf to 1 st square --- Aphids, <strong>Plant</strong> bugs, Spider<br />

mites<br />

1 st square to 1 st bloom <strong>Plant</strong> bugs Aphids, Spider mites<br />

Bollworm, Tobacco<br />

budworm,<br />

After 1 st bloom<br />

Bollworm, Tobacco<br />

budworm, Stink bugs, <strong>Plant</strong><br />

bugs<br />

Aphids, Loopers, Fall and<br />

beet armyworm, Spider<br />

mites, Whiteflies<br />

Cutworms<br />

Cutworm damage occurs most frequently following legume cover crops or in reduced tillage<br />

systems. Cutworms may become established on existing vegetation and move to emerging cotton<br />

once this vegetation has been killed. Destroying all green vegetation 21 days prior to planting<br />

reduces the likelihood <strong>of</strong> cutworm attack.<br />

Treat when cutworms are damaging stand and plant population is less than three plants per row<br />

foot. Infestations may be spotty within a field and only require treatment where damage and live<br />

cutworms are found. At-planting insecticides applied in a band (no less than 10 inches) may be<br />

justified if vegetation has not been burned down at least 21 days prior to planting.<br />

Do not expect Bt cotton to control cutworms.<br />

Thrips<br />

Thrips injury causes foliar deformity (leaves crinkle and cup upward), plant stunting and delays<br />

in maturity. Preventative in-furrow or seed treatments are recommended. Under adverse growing<br />

conditions, additional treatment may be needed even when preventative controls have been used.<br />

Treat when cotton is up to a stand and thrips average one or more per plant and damage is<br />

observed.<br />

Under some conditions, in-furrow treatments may adversely affect stand. A recommended<br />

fungicide should be used in fields where in-furrow systemic insecticides are used. Aphids and<br />

early spider mites are also suppressed by in-furrow systemic insecticides. When using in-furrow<br />

materials for hill-dropped cotton, refer to the label for rate changes.<br />

<strong>Plant</strong> Bugs<br />

The tarnished plant bug and clouded plant bug are the predominant species. Cotton fleahoppers<br />

are observed some years. The sweep net is a very effective tool for monitoring adult plants bugs<br />

50


and detecting movement into the field. The ground cloth is a more effective tool for monitoring<br />

nymphs. The presence <strong>of</strong> nymphs indicates reproduction is occurring, and they generally are<br />

more common after first bloom. Visual scouting is a less reliable method but may also be used.<br />

Visual sampling should include examining terminals for adults and nymphs, and checking inside<br />

squares, blooms and small bolls for nymphs. Boll injury appears as small, dark sunken spots on<br />

the outside. Seed and lint damage is usually localized to the lock where feeding occurred.<br />

Distinguishing plant bug damage from stink bug based on external symptoms is difficult. “Dirty<br />

blooms” (anthers dark and brown) are a sign <strong>of</strong> plant bug feeding.<br />

First two weeks <strong>of</strong> squaring: Treat when plant bugs number eight or more per 100 sweeps<br />

(standard sweep net) or one or more per 6 row feet.<br />

Third week <strong>of</strong> squaring until first bloom: Treat when plant bugs number 15 per 100 sweeps or<br />

two or more per 6 row feet.<br />

From first square to first bloom: Low or dropping square retention can be a warning <strong>of</strong> plant<br />

bug problems. If square retention drops below 80 percent and plant bugs are present, treatment<br />

should be considered even if numbers are below threshold. The objective is to maintain the<br />

square retention goal. Consider if multiple pests are contributing to this square loss before<br />

selecting an insecticide.<br />

After first bloom: Treat when plant bugs number four or more per 6 row feet (0.67 per foot) or<br />

20 per 100 sweeps. Count clouded plant bugs as equivalent to 1.5 tarnished plant bugs when<br />

determining if populations are above treatment level. Treatment should also be considered if 15<br />

or more plant bugs are observed per 100 plants during visual examination. Two consecutive<br />

insecticide applications are <strong>of</strong>ten required to control high populations <strong>of</strong> nymphs and adults.<br />

Aphids<br />

Early-season: Parasites and predators usually control aphids on seedling cotton. If aphids are<br />

present on numerous plants and some leaves are curled along the edges (signs <strong>of</strong> stress),<br />

treatment is suggested, particularly if the crop is already suffering from drought stress. Some infurrow<br />

insecticides and seed treatments used for thrips control can suppress early-season aphid<br />

populations.<br />

Mid-late season: Treat when aphids are very numerous, honeydew is present, plants are<br />

showing signs <strong>of</strong> stress and natural control agents are not affecting aphid populations. Consider<br />

the possibility <strong>of</strong> a fungal epizootic (disease) before treating.<br />

Bollworm/Tobacco Budworm<br />

NON-BT COTTON: Insecticides are recommended on the basis <strong>of</strong> knowing which species<br />

(bollworm vs. tobacco budworm) and how many your have in the field. Prior to bloom, treat<br />

when eight or more small larvae are present per 100 plants (or when populations threaten to<br />

reduce square retention below 80 percent). After first bloom, treat when four or more small<br />

larvae per 100 plants are present (or 5 percent or more <strong>of</strong> the squares are damaged and larvae are<br />

present).<br />

51


In both Bt and non-Bt cotton, the treatment threshold should gradually increase after cotton<br />

reaches cutout (NAWF5) until NAWF5 + 350 - 450 DD60’s at which time insecticide<br />

applications for bollworm and budworm are no longer necessary.<br />

Pyrethroid insecticides are NOT recommended against tobacco budworm infestations because <strong>of</strong><br />

insecticide resistance. Time applications to control newly hatched larvae (< 1/4 inch length).<br />

Multiple applications on a 4 - 5 day interval may be needed. Tank-mixing pyrethroids with other<br />

insecticides may improve control <strong>of</strong> pyrethroid-resistant tobacco budworms but are only<br />

recommended when the budworm ratio is no more than 25 percent and populations are less than<br />

8 - 10 larvae per 100 plants. Change insecticide chemistry if control failures occur.<br />

BT COTTON: Prior to bloom, treat when eight or more surviving larvae (> 1/4 inch or longer)<br />

are present per 100 plants, or when populations threaten to reduce square retention below 80<br />

percent. After first bloom, treat when four or more surviving larvae (> 1/4 inch or longer) per<br />

100 plants are present and/or 2 percent boll damage is found. Treatment based on eggs alone is<br />

not usually recommended (see Bt Cotton Management). Scout fields once each week pre-bloom<br />

and twice per week after blooming has begun (July-August). Whole plant examination may be<br />

necessary to find eggs and/or surviving larvae within the plant canopy.<br />

Stink Bugs<br />

Small, dark spots about 1/16-inch in diameter on the outside <strong>of</strong> bolls are usually associated with<br />

stink bug feeding. Stink bugs have piercing, needle-like mouthparts that can penetrate even more<br />

mature bolls. Stink bugs are seed feeders and migrate from other host crops into cotton when<br />

bolls begin to develop. Stink bugs are <strong>of</strong>ten difficult to detect. Intensively scout for this pest<br />

when stink bugs or bolls with dark feeding spots are observed.<br />

Treat when stink bugs number one or more per 6 row feet. If stink bugs are present, treatment is<br />

recommended when 20 percent or more <strong>of</strong> 12-16 day old (thumb-sized) bolls have internal<br />

feeding warts and/or stained lint indicating stink bug injury.<br />

Spider Mites<br />

Spider mites are found on the underside <strong>of</strong> leaves, and close examination is required to detect<br />

their presence. Reddish or yellow speckling <strong>of</strong> leaves indicates spider mite activity. Infestations<br />

<strong>of</strong>ten occur on field edges or in isolated spots and then spread across the field. Treat when 30 -<br />

50 percent <strong>of</strong> plants are affected and mites are still present. More than one application on a 4 - 5<br />

day schedule may be required if eggs continue to hatch.<br />

Fall Armyworm<br />

Proper identification <strong>of</strong> fall armyworm larvae is critical for effective control. Look for an<br />

inverted “Y” mark on the head. Treat when four or more larvae are found in 100 blooms and<br />

bolls or when 10-20 larvae are found per 100 plants. Timing applications to control small larvae<br />

is more effective than trying to control larger larvae. Small larvae are <strong>of</strong>ten found in white<br />

blooms, pink blooms tags or behind the bracts <strong>of</strong> medium- or large-sized bolls.<br />

The original Bollgard cotton does not provide adequate control <strong>of</strong> fall armyworms.<br />

52


However, Bollgard II and WideStrike cotton provide better control <strong>of</strong> fall armyworms, and<br />

insecticide treatments should not be made unless surviving larvae (> 1/4 inch in length) are<br />

found at the threshold numbers indicated above.<br />

Beet Armyworm<br />

Beet armyworms can be recognized by a characteristic black dot directly above the second true<br />

leg. Newer insecticide chemistries have made established beet armyworm populations easier to<br />

control. Production <strong>of</strong> an early crop and preservation <strong>of</strong> beneficial insects will reduce the risk <strong>of</strong><br />

a beet armyworm outbreak.<br />

Prior to August 15: Treat for beet armyworm when 5-6 “hits” (active clusters <strong>of</strong> small larvae)<br />

are found per 300 row feet.<br />

After August 15: Treat when 10 or more “hits” are found per 300 row feet.<br />

The original Bollgard cotton does not provide adequate control <strong>of</strong> beet armyworms.<br />

Bollgard II and WideStrike cotton provide better control <strong>of</strong> beet armyworms, and supplemental<br />

applications <strong>of</strong> insecticide may not be necessary.<br />

Loopers<br />

Two species <strong>of</strong> loopers (cabbage looper and soybean looper) may occur on cotton. Both are light<br />

green and have two pairs <strong>of</strong> prolegs; however, the soybean looper is more difficult to control<br />

with insecticides. Looper populations are <strong>of</strong>ten held below damaging levels by natural biological<br />

control agents. Treat when loopers cause 25 percent defoliation or populations threaten<br />

premature defoliation prior to boll maturity.<br />

The original Bollgard cotton does not provide adequate control <strong>of</strong> loopers. Bollgard II and<br />

WideStrike cotton should not require treatment for loopers.<br />

Bandedwinged Whitefly<br />

Treat when whiteflies are present on most plants, particularly if honeydew is accumulating on<br />

leaves. The adults are small, white, moth-like insects feeding on the underside <strong>of</strong> leaves and<br />

readily fly when disturbed. More than one application on a 4-5 day schedule may be required if<br />

eggs continue to hatch.<br />

53


<strong>FORAGE</strong>S<br />

54


There are many forage species that can be grown in Tennessee. One <strong>of</strong> the key points in<br />

successful forage production is deciding which species to use. In order to make this decision, it is<br />

essential to know the ways that forages are classified. Each forage species is distinguished as<br />

being (a) a grass or a legume, (b) an annual or a perennial, and (c) a warm-season or a coolseason<br />

plant. Using these criteria, all forage crops that are used in Tennessee fall into one <strong>of</strong><br />

eight basic categories (Tables 1 and 2).<br />

Table 1. Classification <strong>of</strong> grasses used in Tennessee for forage production.<br />

Warm Season<br />

Perennial Grasses<br />

Bermudagrass<br />

Big Bluestem<br />

Caucasian bluestem<br />

Dallisgrass<br />

Eastern gamagrass<br />

Indiangrass<br />

Johnsongrass<br />

Switchgrass<br />

Perennials<br />

Cool Season<br />

Perennial Grasses<br />

Kentucky bluegrass<br />

Matuagrass<br />

Orchardgrass<br />

Reed canarygrass<br />

Tall fescue<br />

Timothy<br />

GRASSES<br />

Warm Season<br />

Annual Grasses<br />

Browntop millet<br />

Crabgrass<br />

Foxtail millet<br />

Pearl millet<br />

Sorghumsudangrass<br />

hybrids<br />

Sudangrass<br />

Teff grass<br />

Annuals<br />

Cool Season<br />

Annual Grasses<br />

Barley<br />

Oats<br />

Rye<br />

Ryegrass<br />

Triticale<br />

Wheat<br />

Table 2. Classification <strong>of</strong> legumes used in Tennessee for forage production.<br />

Warm Season<br />

Perennial Legumes<br />

Sericea lespedeza<br />

Perennials<br />

Cool Season<br />

Perennial Legumes<br />

Alfalfa<br />

Birdsfoot trefoil<br />

Red clover<br />

White clover<br />

LEGUMES<br />

Warm Season<br />

Annual Legumes<br />

Korean lespedeza<br />

Kobe lespedeza<br />

Annuals<br />

Cool Season<br />

Annual Legumes<br />

Arrowleaf clover<br />

Berseem clover<br />

Crimson clover<br />

Hairy vetch<br />

Subterranean clover<br />

The following is a short description <strong>of</strong> the forages listed in Tables 1 and 2. adapted from<br />

"Southern Forages" written by Drs. Don Ball, Garry Lacefield, and Carl Hoveland (1996, Potash<br />

and Phosphate Institute).<br />

55


WARM -EASON PERENNIAL GRASSES<br />

Bermudagrass (Cynodon dactylon)<br />

Origin: Southeastern Africa<br />

Description: Perennial. Spreads by rhizomes, stolons and (in some types) by seed. Hybrids<br />

are deep-rooted. Grows 15 to 24 inches tall.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, hay.<br />

Establishment: Hulled seed <strong>of</strong> common bermudagrass or other seed-propagated varieties or<br />

types should be planted at 5 to 10 lb/A in spring. Hybrids are planted in March-<br />

April with sprigs at 10 bu/A in rows or broadcast at 25 to 40 bu/A and covered.<br />

Fertilization: Highly responsive to nitrogen. Potassium is important for survival and<br />

production.<br />

Production: May-September<br />

Management: Hay should be harvested at about 4 week intervals. With good management, hay<br />

yields <strong>of</strong> 5 to 7 tons/A can be obtained. Should be closely grazed to maintain<br />

quality. Annual clovers, small grains, and ryegrass should be overseeded in<br />

autumn if winter-spring production is desired.<br />

Big Bluestem (Andropogon gerardii)<br />

Origin: Great Plains and eastern USA.<br />

Description: Perennial bunchgrass, sometimes having rhizomes. Deep-rooted. Grows 3 to 6<br />

feet tall. More drought-tolerant than most warm-season grasses.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, hay. It remains palatable and nutritious over a longer time than<br />

switchgrass.<br />

Establishment: Slow seedling establishment. Seed should be planted at 5 to 10 lb/A pure live<br />

seed in April-May.<br />

Fertilization: Responsive to nitrogen.<br />

Production: June-August<br />

Management: Will not tolerate close, continuous stocking.<br />

Caucasian Bluestem (Bothriocloa caucasica)<br />

Origin: Former USSR<br />

Description: Perennial bunchgrass, leafy with fine stems, deep-rooted and drought-tolerant.<br />

Grows 2 to 4 feet tall.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, hay. Less palatable than big bluestem.<br />

Establishment: Seed planted at 2 to 3 lb/A in May or June.<br />

Fertilization: Responsive to nitrogen.<br />

Production: Late May-August.<br />

Management: Stock heavily in early summer when quality is best. Nutritive quality declines<br />

with maturity.<br />

Dallisgrass (Paspalum dilatatum)<br />

Origin: Argentina, Uruguay, Brazil.<br />

Description: Perennial bunchgrass, short rhizomes. Grows 10 to 20 inches tall. Very leafy.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, but can be harvested for hay.<br />

Establishment: Seed germination is low and establishment is slow. About 10 to 15 lb/A <strong>of</strong> pure<br />

56


Fertilization:<br />

Production:<br />

Management:<br />

live seed should be broadcast planted in March or April.<br />

Moderately responsive to nitrogen.<br />

April-October.<br />

Best grown with ladino or red clover. Seed heads can be clipped to eliminate<br />

ergot problem if it develops.<br />

Eastern Gamagrass (Tripsacum dactyloides)<br />

Origin: Eastern Great Plains and eastern USA.<br />

Description: Perennial bunchgrass, short rhizomes, 3 to 8 feet tall.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, hay. Good nutritive quality. Little is planted.<br />

Establishment: Commercial seed production is a problem and establishment is difficult.<br />

Fertilization: High fertility.<br />

Production: June-August.<br />

Management: Rotational stocking.<br />

Indiangrass (Sorghastrum nutans)<br />

Origin: Native to tall grass prairie <strong>of</strong> eastern Great Plains and eastern USA.<br />

Description: Perennial bunchgrass. Spreads by rhizomes and seed. Deep rooted. Grows 3 to 6<br />

feet tall. The yellow panicles are 6 to 12 inches long.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, but can be harvested for hay. Nutritive quality is generally better than<br />

most other warm season perennial grasses.<br />

Establishment: Seedlings grow slowly and compete poorly with weeds. Seed should be planted<br />

at 6 to 10 lb/A pure live seed during April-May.<br />

Fertilization: Nitrogen is the most important fertilizer element. Response to other nutrients is<br />

generally lower than for cool season grasses.<br />

Production: Late June-September.<br />

Management: Rotational stocking is essential if grazed below 6 inches. Can be continuously<br />

stocked if stubble is maintained between 10 to 16 inches. Very light grazing<br />

after September 1.<br />

Johnsongrass (Sorghum halepense)<br />

Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />

Description: Perennial. Erect, 3 to 6 feet tall. Spreads by rhizomes and seed. Droughttolerant.<br />

Can be a serious pest in crops.<br />

Major Uses: Best used for hay but can be grazed with good management.<br />

Establishment: Seed are planted in April at 20 to 30 lb/A broadcast or 10 to 15 lb/A drilled.<br />

Fertilization: Responds well to nitrogen.<br />

Production: May-September<br />

Management: Hay should be harvested at heading. If used for pasture, rotational stocking is<br />

needed to maintain stands. Close continuous grazing will reduce vigor and<br />

stands. Prussic acid potential.<br />

Switchgrass (Panicum virgatum)<br />

Origin: Native to Great Plains and most <strong>of</strong> eastern USA.<br />

Description: Perennial bunchgrass. Spreads by rhizomes and seed. Deep-rooted. Grows 3 to<br />

7 feet tall.<br />

57


Major Uses: Pasture, hay. Develops stems several weeks earlier than other warm season<br />

grasses so may become stemmy and unpalatable early in summer. Improved<br />

varieties have higher yields and nutritive quality.<br />

Establishment: Slow seedling establishment. Seed should be planted at 5 to 6 lb/A pure live<br />

seed in April-May.<br />

Fertilization: Very responsive to nitrogen.<br />

Production:<br />

Management:<br />

Late May-July.<br />

Should be stocked heavily and rotationally stocked with 4 to 6 weeks rest<br />

between grazings to maintain quality and stands.<br />

COOL-SEASON PERENNIAL GRASSES<br />

Kentucky Bluegrass (Poa pratensis)<br />

Origin: Europe<br />

Description: Perennial. Rhizomes produce a dense sod. Grows 1 to 3 feet tall.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, limited use for hay. High nutritive value.<br />

Establishment: Seed are planted at 10 to 15 lb/A in August-September, or sometimes in<br />

February-March.<br />

Fertilization: Kentucky bluegrass will survive under low fertility, but is not highly productive<br />

unless well fertilized or grown with a legume.<br />

Production: April-October, limited in July and August.<br />

Management: Kentucky bluegrass tolerates close and frequent grazing better than many<br />

grasses. Grazing to a height <strong>of</strong> 1 to 2 inches favors productivity and maintains a<br />

dense sod. Bluegrass pasture is much more productive when clover is grown<br />

with it.<br />

Matuagrass (Bromus willdenowii)<br />

Origin: Argentina<br />

Description: Short-lived perennial or natural reseeding annual bunchgrass. Grows 2 to 4 feet<br />

tall.<br />

Major Use: Pasture. High nutritive quality. Good winter production.<br />

Establishment: Seed are planted in September at 25 to 30 lb/A, not deeper than 1/4-inch.<br />

Seedling vigor and growth are exceptional.<br />

Fertilization: High fertility requirement.<br />

Production: November to May or June.<br />

Management: Will not perenniate under close continuous grazing. Must be rotationally<br />

stocked to maintain stands.<br />

Orchardgrass (Dactylis glomerata)<br />

Origin: Europe<br />

Description: Perennial bunchgrass. Grows 2 to 3 feet tall.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, hay. Forage quality is high under good management.<br />

Establishment: Seed should be planted in September at 15 to 20 lb/A, preferably with a legume.<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ings are sometimes made in early spring.<br />

Fertilization: Requires higher fertility than tall fescue. Responds well to nitrogen.<br />

Production: March-June or July; production during September-November is much less than<br />

58


Management:<br />

tall fescue.<br />

Orchardgrass requires better management than endophyte-infected tall fescue.<br />

Close continuous grazing will weaken stands. Moderate stocking is best.<br />

Orchardgrass is less competitive than tall fescue, so adapted legumes persist<br />

better in association with it. The first hay harvest <strong>of</strong> the season should be in the<br />

boot to early bloom stage, with subsequent harvests as growth permits.<br />

Reed Canarygrass (Phalaris arundinacea)<br />

Origin: Europe<br />

Description: Coarse, sod-forming perennial with short rhizomes, 2 to 6 feet tall. Deep-rooted.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, hay, silage.<br />

Establishment: Seedling vigor is poor so establishment is slow. A seeding rate <strong>of</strong> 5 to 8 lb/A<br />

planted during April-May in northern U.S. or August-September in Tennessee<br />

should give satisfactory stands.<br />

Fertilization: Highly responsive to nitrogen.<br />

Production: April-September.<br />

Management: Rotational stocking.<br />

Tall Fescue (Festuca arundinacea)<br />

Origin: Europe<br />

Description: Perennial long-lived bunchgrass with short rhizomes. Shiny, dark green, ribbed<br />

leaves. Deep rooted. Grows 2 to 4 feet tall.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, hay, erosion control. High forage quality if free <strong>of</strong> fungal endophyte.<br />

Establishment: Seed are drilled at 15 to 20 lb/A or broadcast at 20 to 25 lb/A in September or<br />

October.<br />

Fertilization: Tolerant <strong>of</strong> low fertility and acid soils but responds well to fertilization.<br />

Production: September-December, March-June.<br />

Management: Tall fescue, if endophyte-infected, will tolerate grazing abuse better than most<br />

grasses. Endophyte-free tall fescue should not be grazed closer than 3 inches<br />

and should especially not be overgrazed during summer. Ladino or red clovers<br />

or alfalfa can be grown with tall fescue. The first harvest <strong>of</strong> hay should be cut in<br />

the late boot stage for high quality. Subsequent harvests can be made as growth<br />

permits.<br />

Timothy (Phleum pratense)<br />

Origin: Northern Europe<br />

Description: Perennial bunchgrass. Grows 2 to 4 feet tall.<br />

Major Use: Primarily as a hay plant but also used for pasture. It is popular as a hay crop for<br />

horses although other grasses are equally satisfactory.<br />

Establishment: Seed are planted at 6 to 8 lb/A with a clover, alfalfa or trefoil in August or<br />

September, or sometimes in early spring.<br />

Fertilization: Tolerant <strong>of</strong> low fertility but responds well to fertilization.<br />

Production: April-October with low production in August-October.<br />

Management: Hay should be cut at the boot to early bloom stage to obtain best quality. Latecut<br />

timothy hay is <strong>of</strong> low quality.<br />

59


WARM-SEASON ANNUAL GRASSES<br />

Browntop Millet (Panicum ramosum)<br />

Origin: Southeast Asia<br />

Description: Annual. Erect, 2 to 3 feet tall, leafy, fine-stemmed.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, hay.<br />

Establishment: Seed drilled at 15 to 20 lb/A or broadcast at 25 to 30 lb/A in May-August.<br />

Fertilization: Responsive to nitrogen, very tolerant <strong>of</strong> soil acidity.<br />

Production: June-August. Much less productive than pearl millet or sorghum-sudan hybrids.<br />

Management: Hay should be cut at heading.<br />

Crabgrass (Digitaria sanguinalis)<br />

Origin: Southern Africa<br />

Description: Annual, creeping-type growth with long runners, very leafy. Grows 2 to 4 feet<br />

tall.<br />

Major Uses: While considered a weed in many farming situations, crabgrass is useful for<br />

pasture and hay. Nutritive quality is superior to warm season perennial grasses.<br />

Establishment: Seed. Reseeds well.<br />

Fertilization: Crabgrass is highly responsive to nitrogen fertilizer.<br />

Production: May-September.<br />

Management: With adequate fertilization, crabgrass will support good stocking rates.<br />

Volunteers after winter annuals.<br />

Foxtail Millet (Setaria italica)<br />

Origin: Southern Asia<br />

Description: Annual. Erect, 3 to 4 feet tall, leafy, fine-stemmed.<br />

Major Uses: Hay. Once was widely grown, but infrequently at present.<br />

Establishment: Seed can be drilled at 15 to 20 lb/A or broadcast at 20 to 30 lb/A in May-July.<br />

Fertilization: Responds to nitrogen fertilization.<br />

Production: Most varieties are ready to be harvested in 60 to 70 days. Less productive than<br />

pearl millet or sorghum-sudan hybrids.<br />

Management: Should be cut for hay near seedhead emergence. Not recommended for horse<br />

hay because <strong>of</strong> a toxin which can cause kidney and joint problems.<br />

Pearl Millet (Pennisetum glaucum)<br />

Origin: North Central Africa<br />

Description: Annual. Erect, 3 to 8 feet tall, leafy.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, silage. Difficult to make hay because <strong>of</strong> thick stems. High nutritive<br />

quality if harvested at immature stage. Nitrate accumulation can cause toxicity<br />

under some circumstances.<br />

Establishment: Seed are drilled at 12 to 15 lb/A or broadcast at 25 to 30 lb/A in April-June.<br />

Fertilization: Much more tolerant <strong>of</strong> soil acidity than sorghum. Responsive to nitrogen.<br />

Production: Very productive over a short season, generally from June-August.<br />

Management: Requires high stocking rate, preferably with rotational stocking. Stems may<br />

need to be mowed after grazing. Should be cut for hay when plants are 30 to 40<br />

inches tall.<br />

60


Sorghum-Sudangrass Hybrids and Sudangrass (Sorghum bicolor)<br />

Origin: Northeast Africa<br />

Description: Annual. Erect, 4 to 8 feet tall, leafy.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, hay, silage. High quality if harvested at immature stage. Difficult to<br />

make hay because <strong>of</strong> thick stems. Nitrate accumulation or prussic acid can cause<br />

toxicity under some circumstances.<br />

Establishment: Seed are drilled at 20 to 25 lb/A or broadcast at 30 to 35 lb/A in May or June.<br />

Fertilization: Very responsive to nitrogen. Needs lime on highly acid soils.<br />

Production: Quite productive over a short season. June-September.<br />

Management: Requires high stocking rate, preferably grazed rotationally, to utilize rapid<br />

growth and maintain high quality. Thin-stemmed varieties recover more rapidly<br />

after cutting or grazing than thick-stemmed varieties. Stems may need to be<br />

mowed after grazing. Hay and silage should be cut when plants are 30 to 40<br />

inches tall.<br />

Teff grass (Eragrostis tef)<br />

Origin: Africa<br />

Description: Annual. Erect, 2 fttall, leafy.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, hay, silage. High quality if harvested at immature stage. Good choice<br />

for horse hay production. Fine stemmed. Tendency to lodge if allowed to get too<br />

tall. Shallow root system, so grazing management is important.<br />

Establishment: Seed are planted at 6 lb per acre in May or June.<br />

Fertilization: Responsive to nitrogen. Needs lime on highly acid soils.<br />

Production: Quite productive over a short season. June-September.<br />

Management: Preferably grazed rotationally, to utilize rapid growth and maintain high quality.<br />

Minimize damage from pulling plants out <strong>of</strong> ground.<br />

COOL-SEASON ANNUAL GRASSES<br />

Small Grains<br />

Rye (Secale cereale), Oats (Avena sativa), Wheat (Triticum aestivum), Barley (Hordeum<br />

vulgare), Triticale (Triticum secale)<br />

Origin: Iraq, Turkey, Europe<br />

Description: Annual bunchgrasses 2 to 4 feet tall.<br />

Major Uses: Rye-pasture; Barley, Wheat, Oats - pasture hay, silage; Triticale - hay, silage.<br />

Establishment: Seed are usually planted in September or October. In mixtures, 60 to 90 lb/A are<br />

recommended, but 90 to 120 lb/A if planted alone.<br />

Fertilization: All the small grains are highly responsive to nitrogen and require adequate<br />

amounts <strong>of</strong> phosphorus and potassium.<br />

Production:<br />

Management:<br />

November to December and February to May.<br />

Stocking rate should be adequate to utilize forage and to allow new leaf growth.<br />

An annual legume such as arrowleaf clover which produces growth in late<br />

spring can be planted as a companion crop to extend the production season and<br />

maintain spring forage quality. If cut for hay or silage, the harvest should be<br />

made in the boot to early heading stage.<br />

61


Ryegrass, Annual (Lolium multiflorum)<br />

Origin: Europe<br />

Description: Annual bunchgrass. Shiny, dark green smooth leaves. Grows 2 to 3 feet tall.<br />

Major Uses: Mainly pasture although sometimes used for hay or silage.<br />

Establishment: Seeding rate is 10 to 15 lb/A in mixtures, or 20 to 30 lb/A alone. September or<br />

early October are generally the best months to plant, but November overseeding<br />

<strong>of</strong> warm season grasses can be done along the Gulf Coast. Natural reseeding is<br />

common.<br />

Fertilization: Responsive to nitrogen. Tolerant <strong>of</strong> moderate soil acidity.<br />

Production: In high rainfall areas <strong>of</strong> the Gulf Coast, high production can be expected<br />

through the winter from November to May. Farther north, most <strong>of</strong> the<br />

production is concentrated from late February or March through May. Under<br />

favorable conditions, high forage production and excellent animal gains can be<br />

achieved.<br />

Management: Ryegrass may be seeded alone in the Gulf Coast area but farther north it is<br />

usually seeded with a small grain (rye, wheat or oats) and/or a clover. Ryegrass<br />

will tolerate close continuous grazing.<br />

WARM-SEASON PERENNIAL LEGUMES<br />

Sericea Lespedeza (Lespedeza cuneata)<br />

Origin: Eastern China, Korea, Japan<br />

Description: Perennial. Erect-growing, leafy, with fine stems in improved varieties. Grows<br />

18 to 40 inches tall. Deep-rooted and drought tolerant. Small flowers. Nonbloating<br />

legume.<br />

Major Uses: Hay, erosion control, pasture. Most varieties have high levels <strong>of</strong> tannin which<br />

reduce digestibility, but low-tannin varieties are available.<br />

Establishment: Ideally, seed are planted at 20 to 30 lb/A with a preplant herbicide during late<br />

March-May. Establishment is <strong>of</strong>ten slow. Post-emergence herbicide treatment(s)<br />

may also be required.<br />

Fertilization: Very tolerant <strong>of</strong> low fertility and acid soils; may respond to potassium on some<br />

soils.<br />

Production:<br />

Management:<br />

April to September.<br />

Hay harvests which leave a 4-inch stubble height should be made when plants<br />

are 15 to 24 inches tall, obtaining 2 to 3 cuttings per year. High-tannin sericea<br />

forage has nutritive value similar to bermudagrass; low-tannin types have<br />

superior nutritive value. When cut for hay, the tannin level <strong>of</strong> forage drops<br />

sharply, improving palatability and digestibility. Vigor and yield <strong>of</strong> low tannin<br />

sericea tend to be somewhat less than for high-tannin types. Grazing <strong>of</strong> sericea<br />

should begin when plants are 8 to 10 inches tall, and they should not be grazed<br />

lower than 4 inches. Removal <strong>of</strong> forage by grazing or hay production between<br />

late August or early September and the first killing frost should be avoided, as<br />

this is a period when food reserves are building in the roots. Tall fescue or<br />

orchardgrass can be overseeded on sericea to provide a longer productive season<br />

than sericea alone. Winter annuals such as cereals, crimson clover, or vetch can<br />

62


also be drilled into sericea in October to provide late winter forage. Grasses<br />

overseeded on sericea should be fertilized with nitrogen.<br />

COOL-SEASON PERENNIAL LEGUMES<br />

Alfalfa (Medicago sativa)<br />

Origin: Iran and central Asia.<br />

Description: Perennial. Erect-growing with many leafy stems arising from large crowns at<br />

the soil surface. Grows 24 to 36 inches tall. Compound leaves with three<br />

leaflets. Flowers <strong>of</strong> the varieties grown in the South are normally some shade <strong>of</strong><br />

purple. Drought-tolerant, long taproot.<br />

Major Uses: Hay and haylage, but has potential for expanded pasture use. Good alfalfa hay<br />

has high nutritive value and is in high demand, particularly for horses and dairy<br />

cattle.<br />

Establishment: Seed. A seeding rate <strong>of</strong> 15 to 20 lb/A should be used. A cultipacker-seeder is the<br />

best planting equipment for prepared seedbeds. A firm seedbed is critically<br />

important. For sodseeding, a no-till drill is needed. Fall plantings should be<br />

made in conventional seedbed before September 15. Later plantings run greater<br />

risk <strong>of</strong> sclerotinia crown and stem rot damage. Spring plantings can be made<br />

March through May.<br />

Fertilization: Alfalfa is sensitive to soil acidity, so pH values 6.5 or above are required for<br />

high yields. Where subsoils are very acid and high in aluminum, it may be<br />

possible to <strong>of</strong>fset the toxic subsoil syndrome and promote deeper root<br />

development through deep incorporation <strong>of</strong> lime or the application <strong>of</strong> gypsum at<br />

a rate <strong>of</strong> about 2 ton/A. Potassium, phosphorus, sulfur and boron are the<br />

nutrients which usually need to be applied in order to obtain good alfalfa<br />

production. Alfalfa requires large amounts <strong>of</strong> potassium. Annual soil tests are<br />

critical in monitoring soil nutrient levels for this crop. Nitrogen fertilization is<br />

not needed, since alfalfa fixes large amounts <strong>of</strong> nitrogen if properly nodulated.<br />

Production: April-October. Alfalfa has the longest productive season <strong>of</strong> any Southernadapted<br />

legume.<br />

Management: Successful alfalfa production requires a higher level <strong>of</strong> management than other<br />

forage crops. For hay production, 4 to 7 cuttings can be made each year<br />

depending on location. Harvesting at the early bloom stage is the best<br />

compromise for obtaining acceptable forage and nutrient yields with good stand<br />

persistence. Stand life is <strong>of</strong>ten 3 to 5 years, but alfalfa may persist for up to 8<br />

years if adequately fertilized and cut at the proper stage <strong>of</strong> growth. If a hay type<br />

alfalfa is to be used for pasture, it should be cross-fenced and rotationally<br />

stocked for 5 to 7 days, followed by a 20 to 35-day recovery period. Continuous<br />

stocking <strong>of</strong> hay-type varieties will deplete food reserves in the roots and cause<br />

rapid stand loss. Grazing-tolerant varieties can be continuously stocked, but<br />

production will be higher if rotational stocking is practiced. In the upper South,<br />

allow 4 weeks <strong>of</strong> growth in late summer to replenish root reserves. This may be<br />

grazed in late autumn.<br />

63


Birdsfoot Trefoil (Lotus corniculatus)<br />

Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />

Description: Deep-rooted, short-lived perennial, having finer stems and more leaves than<br />

alfalfa. Grows 12 to 30 inches tall, depending on whether it is a prostrate or<br />

erect variety. Flowers are bright yellow and the brown to purple seed pods<br />

radiate from the stem branch, resembling a bird=s foot. Non-bloating legume.<br />

Reseeds under proper management.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, erosion control. High-quality forage.<br />

Establishment: Seed are planted at 4 to 6 lb/A with cool season perennial grasses using a<br />

cultipacker-seeder in late August-September.<br />

Fertilization: Lime if soil pH is below 5.5. Responds well to phosphorus and potassium.<br />

Production: April-early October.<br />

Management: Practical grazing management should leave 3 to 4 inches <strong>of</strong> leaf tissue to<br />

maintain root carbohydrates and assure vigorous regrowth. Since natural<br />

reseeding is essential for maintaining stands and productivity, plants should be<br />

allowed to produce some seed each year.<br />

Red Clover (Trifolium pratenese)<br />

Origin: Southeastern Europe and Turkey<br />

Description: Short-lived perennial, usually 2 years in the South, but may survive only as an<br />

annual in Gulfcoast. Erect-growing, leafy plants 2 to 3 feet tall. Leaves hairy<br />

and marked with a white "V". Flowers are clustered into large pinkish-violet<br />

heads.<br />

Major Uses: Hay, pasture.<br />

Establishment: Seed are planted on prepared land at 6 to 8 lb/A in drill rows or 12 to 15 lb/A<br />

broadcast during September-October and February-March in middle and<br />

northern U.S.. Established grass pastures should be overseeded in October-<br />

November or February-March. Seedling vigor is better than any other clover<br />

and especially well suited for seeding into cool season perennial grass sods.<br />

Fertilization: If soil pH is below 5.5, lime should be applied. Responsive to phosphorus and<br />

potassium.<br />

Production: March-June/July.<br />

Management: Hay should be cut in early bloom stage. Red clover will provide more grazing<br />

than ladino clover during summer. Unlike ladino clover, red clover will not<br />

tolerate continuous close grazing over long periods <strong>of</strong> time.<br />

Ladino White Clover (Trifolium repens)<br />

Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />

Description: Fairly long-lived perennial in upper South; short-lived perennial or annual in<br />

lower South. Very leafy plants 8 to 12 inches tall that spread by stolons<br />

(runners) and form shallow roots at nodes. Leaves are non-hairy and usually<br />

marked with a white "V". White flowers are clustered into heads. Seed are<br />

extremely small. Intermediate types <strong>of</strong> white clover can be expected to reseed<br />

naturally while giant or ladino types usually do not reseed well in the lower<br />

South.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture. Very high-quality grazing plant. Bloat can be a problem.<br />

64


Establishment: Established grass pastures can be overseeded in February-March.<br />

Fertilization: Soil should be limed if pH is below 6. Highly responsive to potassium fertilizer.<br />

Production: March-June and October-November if soil moisture is favorable.<br />

Management: Grass competition from undergrazing is one <strong>of</strong> the major problems in<br />

maintaining productive stands <strong>of</strong> white clover. Grass should be planted in wide<br />

rows and clover broadcast to reduce competition. Adequate potassium and<br />

phosphorus are important for good production. Grazing should be sufficient to<br />

maintain forage height at 1 to 4 inches, preventing shading <strong>of</strong> clover by the<br />

grass.<br />

WARM-SEASON ANNUAL LEGUME<br />

Annual Lespedeza<br />

Kobe (Kummerowia striata) and<br />

Korean (Kummerowia stipulacea)<br />

Origin:<br />

Description:<br />

Major Uses:<br />

Eastern China, Korea, Japan.<br />

Annuals. Both species are fine-stemmed, leafy and have shallow taproots.<br />

Leaflets <strong>of</strong> Kobe are narrower than Korean. Seed <strong>of</strong> Kobe are in leaf axils while<br />

seed <strong>of</strong> Korean are borne in clusters at tips <strong>of</strong> branches. Reseed easily.<br />

Pasture, hay, erosion control. High nutritive quality, furnishing excellent quality<br />

pasture in late summer. Relatively low yield.<br />

Establishment: Seed are planted at 25 to 35 lb/A in February-March.<br />

Fertilization:<br />

Production:<br />

Management:<br />

Tolerant <strong>of</strong> acidity and low soil phosphorus. Under high fertility, annual<br />

lespedezas are <strong>of</strong>ten crowded out by more vigorous and higher yielding grasses<br />

and legumes.<br />

July-September.<br />

High fertilization <strong>of</strong> a grass/lespedeza mixture reduces potential growth <strong>of</strong><br />

lespedeza. Light grazing will allow some seed production for natural reseeding.<br />

Hay should be cut at early bloom stage.<br />

COOL-SEASON ANNUAL LEGUMES<br />

Arrowleaf Clover (Trifolium vesiculosum)<br />

Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />

Description: Late season winter annual. Long, branching, hollow stems 2 to 4 feet long. The<br />

non-hairy arrow-shaped leaves generally have a large white "V" mark. The<br />

predominately white, but pink and purple-tinged flower heads are large, <strong>of</strong>ten 3<br />

inches long. Flowering and seed production occur over a long period in late<br />

spring and summer. The rough brown seed are about twice the size <strong>of</strong> ladino<br />

clover seed and over 70 percent have very hard seed coats, requiring<br />

scarification for satisfactory germination.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, hay. Forage quality is high with digestibility generally superior to<br />

crimson clover at all stages <strong>of</strong> maturity. Bloat is rarely a problem.<br />

Establishment: Scarified seed are planted broadcast at 5 to 10 lb/A in September to early<br />

November. Requires a special seed inoculant. Seed will germinate at lower<br />

temperatures than crimson clover. Reseeds easily.<br />

65


Fertilization:<br />

Production:<br />

Management:<br />

Arrowleaf is not very tolerant <strong>of</strong> soil acidity and low fertility. Optimum pH<br />

range if 5.8 to 6.5.<br />

March-early July.<br />

Arrowleaf will continue to develop new leaves and remain productive longer in<br />

the spring when grazed to a height <strong>of</strong> 2 to 4 inches than where large amounts <strong>of</strong><br />

forage accumulate. Where hay is desired, clover should be grazed until early to<br />

mid-April, then harvested at early to mid-bloom in May. No regrowth can be<br />

expected after cutting hay.<br />

Berseem Clover (Trifolium alexandrinum)<br />

Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />

Description: Winter annual, resembles alfalfa, hollow stems grow erect to a height <strong>of</strong> 2 feet<br />

or more. White flowers form small heads.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, hay. High quality, does not cause bloat.<br />

Establishment: Seed are planted broadcast at 20 lb/A or drilled at 10 to 15 lb/A in September.<br />

Fertilization: Best on loam soils <strong>of</strong> pH 6 or above. Requires high fertility including boron.<br />

Production: November-December and March-June.<br />

Management: Grazing should begin when 10 inches tall and the stubble maintained at 3 to 4<br />

inches to encourage new leaf production. Rotational stocking is most successful.<br />

The winter-hardy berseem variety produces hard seed and will <strong>of</strong>ten reseed.<br />

Crimson Clover (Trifolium incarnatum)<br />

Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />

Description: Winter annual. <strong>Plant</strong>s have dark green leaves densely covered with hairs, and<br />

grow to a height <strong>of</strong> 1 to 3 feet. Brilliant crimson flowers, long heads, maturing<br />

from bottom to top. Yellow rounded seed about 2.5 times the size <strong>of</strong> arrowleaf<br />

clover seed. Combine-harvested seed do not need scarification.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, hay, green manure crop, roadside beautification. Will produce more<br />

forage at low temperatures than other clovers.<br />

Establishment: Seed are broadcast at 20 to 30 lb/A in late August-October.<br />

Fertilization: Fairly tolerant <strong>of</strong> soil acidity.<br />

Production: November, March-April.<br />

Management: Can be grazed throughout winter but if hay is desired, cattle must be removed<br />

by mid-March.<br />

Hairy Vetch (Vicia villosa)<br />

Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />

Description: Viney winter annuals with stems 2 to 4 feet in length. White, purple, or pale<br />

yellow flowers are borne in clusters.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture, hay, silage (with small grain companion), green manure.<br />

Establishment: Hairy and bigflower vetch seed are broadcast at 20 to 25 lb/A and common<br />

vetch at 30 to 40 lb/A in September-October.<br />

Fertilization: Vetches are tolerant <strong>of</strong> soil acidity but have a relatively high phosphorus<br />

requirement.<br />

Production: March-May.<br />

Management: Grazing should not begin until plants are at least 6 inches tall. Close grazing<br />

66


will destroy buds needed for regrowth. Vetch should be cut for hay in the early<br />

bloom stage. A small grain seeded at 60 lb/A makes a good companion crop for<br />

vetch grown for hay or silage.<br />

Subterranean Clover (Trifolium subterraneum)<br />

Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />

Description: Dense low-growing winter annual clover with hairy leaves. Small, mainly white<br />

flowers form a small bur which is forced into the surface <strong>of</strong> the soil. Good<br />

reseeding possible. Seed are large and either black or tan.<br />

Major Uses: Pasture. Lower-yielding than crimson or arrowleaf.<br />

Establishment: Seed are broadcast at 10 to 20 lb/A. Special inoculant required.<br />

Fertilization: Fairly acid tolerant. Requires adequate phosphorus and potassium for growth.<br />

Production: November-December and March-May.<br />

Management: Tolerates close continuous stocking. Tolerates shade better than most clovers.<br />

DETERMINING <strong>FORAGE</strong> MOISTURE CONTENT USING A MICROWAVE OVEN<br />

1. Chop fresh forage into 1- to 2-inch lengths for ease <strong>of</strong> handling.<br />

2. Weigh out approximately 100 grams (3.5 ounces <strong>of</strong> chopped forage.<br />

3. Spread forage thinly on a microwave-safe dish and place into microwave. (Place a cup <strong>of</strong><br />

water in the microwave to prevent sample from igniting once dry.)<br />

4. Heat for 2 minutes and reweigh.<br />

a) If forage is not completely dry, reheat for 30 seconds and reweigh. (Microwaves<br />

vary considerably in drying capacity. It is better to dry for short intervals and<br />

reweigh until the last two weights are constant, than to overdry and run the risk <strong>of</strong><br />

burning and damage to oven.) Continue this process until back-to-back weights<br />

are the same or charring occurs.<br />

b) If charring occurs, use the previous weight.<br />

5. Calculate moisture content using the following equation:<br />

W 1 − W 2<br />

% Moisture Content = x100<br />

W 1<br />

W1 = weight <strong>of</strong> forage before heating<br />

W2 = weights <strong>of</strong> forage after heating<br />

Dry matter (DM) is the percentage <strong>of</strong> forage that is not water. DM equals 100% minus percent<br />

water.<br />

Results on an “as-fed basis” reflect total nutrient concentration including water <strong>of</strong> sample<br />

analyzed or to be bed.<br />

SOURCE: Southern Forages 3 rd Edition, Page 303<br />

Nitrate poisoning<br />

Nitrate poisoning occurs when animals consume hay or pasture containing high levels <strong>of</strong><br />

free nitrates. All warm-season forages have the potential to accumulate high levels <strong>of</strong> nitrates<br />

under drought conditions, especially if they have been fertilized with nitrogen. Grazing these<br />

67


plants during a drought, or feeding hay that was cut during or just after a drought should be<br />

avoided.<br />

Nitrate accumulation occurs because the plant continues to take up nitrogen through the<br />

roots, but drought conditions prevent the nitrogen from being used for plant growth. Nitrates are<br />

accumulated in the plant for use in protein formation when adequate water becomes available.<br />

When the animal consumes a plant with high nitrate levels, the nitrogen is converted<br />

from nitrate to a form called nitrite. These nitrites get into the blood stream and interfere with the<br />

ability <strong>of</strong> red blood cells to carry oxygen. Animals suffering from nitrate poisoning exhibit<br />

labored breathing, muscle tremors and staggering. Membranes <strong>of</strong> the eyes and mouth are bluish<br />

because <strong>of</strong> the lack <strong>of</strong> oxygen. Death can occur relatively quickly.<br />

Prevention is the best way to deal with nitrate toxicity. If any pasture is suspected <strong>of</strong><br />

having high nitrate levels, avoid grazing these pastures until seven to 10 days after an adequate<br />

rain. Hay that is suspected <strong>of</strong> having high nitrate levels can be analyzed. Table 1 lists a scale <strong>of</strong><br />

the toxicity <strong>of</strong> increasing nitrate levels in hay.<br />

Table 1. Guide to determine the potential for nitrate toxicity in hay.<br />

Nitrate level<br />

(ppm, DM basis)<br />

Comments<br />

0 - 2,500<br />

Generally considered safe to feed.<br />

SAFE<br />

Generally safe when fed with a balanced ration. For<br />

2,500 - 5,000<br />

pregnant animals limit to one-half <strong>of</strong> total dry ration. Do<br />

not feed with liquid feed or other non-protein nitrogen<br />

supplements. Be cautious with pregnant or young<br />

CAUTION animals.<br />

Limit to one-fourth <strong>of</strong> ration. Should be well fortified<br />

5,000 - 10000<br />

with energy, minerals and Vitamin A. May experience<br />

milk production loss in 4 -5 days, possible occurrence <strong>of</strong><br />

DANGER reproduction problems.<br />

Toxic. Do not use in free-choice feeding program. Feed<br />

Over 10,000<br />

with such high levels should be ground and limited to<br />

TOXIC 15% <strong>of</strong> total ration.<br />

Source: Ball and co-workers. 1991. Southern Forages.<br />

Prussic acid poisoning<br />

Prussic acid poisoning occurs when animals consume plants that contain high levels <strong>of</strong><br />

prussic acid, a form <strong>of</strong> cyanide. Potentially toxic levels can develop in sorghum X sudangrass<br />

hybrids immediately after a frost, or in new growth after a drought. Pearlmillet does not produce<br />

prussic acid.<br />

Prussic acid interferes with the ability <strong>of</strong> red blood cells to transfer oxygen. Symptoms<br />

include excessive salivation, rapid breathing and muscle spasms. Symptoms may occur within 10<br />

to 15 minutes after the animal consumes the forage high in prussic acid.<br />

68


<strong>Plant</strong> species<br />

Nitrates<br />

All forages, primarily<br />

summer forages<br />

Prussic acid<br />

Sorghums only<br />

Main times it occurs Drought Frost<br />

Breaks down in hay No Yes<br />

Should you test for it Yes No need to<br />

Will fermentation remove<br />

toxicity<br />

Possibly, depending on<br />

beginning level<br />

yes<br />

It is important to realize that prussic acid poisoning and nitrate poisoning are not the<br />

same thing. Nitrates will remain in hay and silage, while prussic acid will deteriorate over time.<br />

Forage that has been dried to 18 percent moisture for hay or that has fermented for haylage will<br />

not have high levels <strong>of</strong> prussic acid.<br />

69


GARDENING<br />

70


Creating Container Gardens<br />

Tips:<br />

Design: Try to summarize 7 basic principals <strong>of</strong> design (proportion, form, texture, color, balance,<br />

rhythm and focal point) with plants, which have several design attributes to create contrast and<br />

harmony.<br />

Thrillers: (focal point) tall or sculptural with some color<br />

Fillers: Great foliage color /texture<br />

Spillers: cascading plants<br />

Pair plants that require similar conditions together (consider water, temperature and sun). As<br />

plants grow they will need more water, especially if they are producing flowers <strong>of</strong> fruit.<br />

Replace: Mix annuals, perennials, and woody plant in a container. When one plant becomes less<br />

interesting, replace it with another. Recycling the surviving plants and adding back fresh media<br />

when replanting new additions will keep the container healthy and attractive.<br />

Containers: Containers should be strong enough to hold growing media, mature plants and wide<br />

enough to not tip over. Containers should have drain holes to allow excess water to drain out.<br />

The taller the container the longer the water column and better the drainage.<br />

Media: Soiless mixes are best suited for containers because <strong>of</strong> their light weight and clean<br />

components. Soiless mixes usually include a combination <strong>of</strong> peat moss, perlite, vermiculite or<br />

sand. Fertilizers and wetting agents are usually added to help these materials retain moisture and<br />

adequate nutrition. Once the wetting agent dries out the mix will be difficult to rewet. Fertilizers<br />

can be added once plants are established.<br />

Placement: Place contained in enough light for the plant’s sunlight requirements. Most<br />

vegetables, sun annuals and perennials require full sun 6+ hours <strong>of</strong> sunlight. Shade plants usually<br />

require 6 or fewer hours <strong>of</strong> light. <strong>Plant</strong>s in the container mature and grow their water and<br />

nutritional requirements will increase. Place containers in locations where water is easily<br />

accessible. Allow space for stakes and trellises if necessary.<br />

Great <strong>Plant</strong> Combinations<br />

As far as plant selection goes, the sky is really the limit in pulling together a great looking<br />

container. The cultivars and varieties <strong>of</strong> annuals and perennials are endless. And now woody<br />

ornamentals are starting to make container gardening a more permanent statement on the patio.<br />

Consider using dwarf conifers and some deciduous trees and shrubs (like hydrangea, Japanese<br />

maple, or dwarf blueberries) as the bone structure <strong>of</strong> the container’s design.<br />

71


Thrillers Fillers Spillers<br />

Canna ‘Pretoria’, ‘The Sun Coleous<br />

Dichondra ‘Silver Falls’<br />

President’, ‘Black Night’,<br />

‘Austrailia’<br />

Dwarf arborvitae ‘Morgan’ Lamium Calibracoa<br />

Cardoon/Artichoke Cosmos Verbena<br />

Purple Fountain Grass Persian Sheild ‘Blackie’ or ‘Margarita’<br />

Sweetpotato vine<br />

Mandevilla Alocasia Scaevola<br />

Sweetpea Geranium Nasturtium<br />

Variegated Miscanthus Pentas Creeping Jenny<br />

Japanese blood grass Kales, Cabbage, Swiss<br />

Chard<br />

Wave petunia<br />

Herbs for Containers<br />

Pair herbs together, most have similar environmental requirements (well-drained and dry soils).<br />

Container drainage and potting media will be very important for these plants.<br />

Boxwood Basil, small textured filler (Burpee)<br />

Cameo Basil (Johnny’s Select)<br />

Creeping Thyme<br />

Cilantro<br />

Catmint ‘Walkers Low’<br />

Horehound<br />

Lavender<br />

Lemon Balm<br />

Marjoram<br />

Mint (should always be contained!)<br />

Nasturtiums<br />

Parsley<br />

Prostrate or creeping Rosemary<br />

Tarragon<br />

Sage<br />

Savory (summer or winter)<br />

Scented Geraniums, spillers<br />

Vegetables for Containers<br />

Tomatoes: Determinate (D) or Bush-type tomatoes mature over a few week period and can be<br />

used as fillers. Indeterminate (I) or vining-type tomatoes produce fruit until frost and can be used<br />

tall thrillers but will require a trellis to climb.<br />

BushSteak Hybrid (D, Shepherd’s)<br />

Golden Nugget (D, Johnny’s Select)<br />

Patio Princess Hybrid (D, Burpee)<br />

Super Bush (D, Shepherd’s Seed)<br />

Burpee Bunch Hybrid (I, Burpee)<br />

Super Sweet 100 Hybrid, cherry-type (I, Burpee)<br />

72


Sun Gold (I, Johnny’s Select)<br />

Eggplant: There are so many different varieties <strong>of</strong> new and heirlooms available. The key is to<br />

choose a plant bears small fruit.<br />

Fairy Tale, lavender & white (Burpee, Johnny’s Select)<br />

Bambino Hybrid, dark purple, rounded fruit (Shepherd’s Seed)<br />

Peppers: All peppers will grow well in containers. Some pepper plants will over-winter if<br />

protected and bear woody stems.<br />

Pizza My Heart, sweet (Shepherd’s Seed)<br />

Hot Lemon, hot (Burpee)<br />

Jalapeño<br />

Super Chile (AAS Winner, Johnny’s Select)<br />

Cherry Bomb (Johnny’s Select)<br />

Numex Twilight, one plant- purples, yellows, reds (Johnny’s Select)<br />

Prairie Fire, bright colored peppers (Johnny’s Select)<br />

Cucumbers: Now there are bush-type cucumbers suitable for containers or gardens with small<br />

spaces.<br />

Bush Champion Cucumber (Burpee)<br />

Bush Slicer (Shepherd’s Seed)<br />

Beans and Peas: Pole beans and peas make excellent vining thrillers. Hybrid and heirloom<br />

varieties are available in a multitude <strong>of</strong> colors. Peas are planted in the very early spring, as the<br />

pea plants die-<strong>of</strong>f plant beans on the same trellis for a summer crop.<br />

Artichokes: These perennials can be used as fillers in the containers (as well as their cousin the<br />

cardoon). The silver green foliage adds bold contrast to any design.<br />

Greens/Lettuce: These vegetables are great fillers adding texture color and flavor to the<br />

container. Most are cool season, however, moving the container to a cooler area may prolong<br />

Garden Babies Lettuce (Shepherd’s Seed)<br />

Baby Spinach (Burpee)<br />

Gourmet Lettuce Blends<br />

Mesclun Mixes<br />

Heatwave Loose Leaf Lettuce (Burpee)<br />

Kales<br />

Swiss Chard ‘Bright Lights’<br />

Beet Bull’s Blood, red stem, purple leaf (Burpee)<br />

Pac Choy (Johnny’s Select)<br />

Arugula (Johnny’s Select)<br />

Watercress<br />

73


Evergreens for a Screen<br />

Evergreen Shrubs for a Screen (4’- 12’)<br />

Littleleaf Boxwood Buxus microphylla<br />

Common Boxwood Buxus sempervirens<br />

Cotonester Cotoneaster lucidus<br />

Compacta Chinese Holly Ilex crenata ‘compacta’<br />

Convex Chinese Holly Ilex crenata ‘convexa’<br />

Helleri Chinese Holly Ilex crenata ‘Helleri’<br />

Hetzii Chinese Holly Ilex crenata ‘Hetzii’<br />

Ptitzer Juniper Juniperus chinensis ‘Ptitzeriana’, ‘Ptitzeriana aurea’ or ‘Ptitzeriana Glauca’<br />

Common Juniper Juniperus communis cvs.<br />

Silver Spreader Eastern Redcedar Juniperus Virginia ‘Silver Spreader’<br />

Mountain Laural Kalmia latifolia<br />

Leucothoe Leucothoe fontaesiana<br />

Northern Bayberry Myrica pensylvanica<br />

Japanese Pieris Pieris japonica ‘Mountain Fire’<br />

Catawba Rhododendron Rhododenron catabawbiense<br />

English-Japanese Yew Taxus x media cvs.<br />

Emerald Arborvite Thuja occientalis ‘Emerald’<br />

Oriental Arborvitae Thuja orientalis cvs<br />

Prague Viburnum Viburnum x paragense<br />

Lantanaphyllum Viburnum Viburnum x rhytidophylloides<br />

Leatherleaf Viburnum Viburnum rhytidophyllum<br />

Evergreen Trees for a Screen (15’-30’)<br />

Hinoki Falsecypress Chamaecyparis obtusa ‘Filifera’<br />

Smooth Bark Cypress Cupressus glabra ‘Blue Ice’<br />

Foster Holly Ilex x attenuata ‘Foster #2’<br />

Japanese Holly Ilex crenata<br />

Teddy Bear Magnolia Magnolia grandiflora ‘Teddy Bear’<br />

Little Gem Magnolia Magnolia grandiflora ‘Little Gem<br />

Chinese Juniper Juniperus chinensis ‘Hetzii Columnaris’<br />

Japanese Black Pine Pinus thumbergii<br />

Japanese Umbrella Pine Scadopitys verticillata<br />

Woodward Arborvite Thuja occientalis ‘Woodwardii’<br />

Sargentii Eastern Hemlock Tsuga Canadensis ‘Sargentii’<br />

Evergreen Trees for a Screen (30’-50’)<br />

Atlas Cedar Cedrus atlantica<br />

Deodar Cedar Cedrus deodar<br />

Hinoki Falsecypress Chamaecyparis obtusa<br />

Atlantic Whitecedar Chamaecyparis thyoides<br />

Cryptomeria Cryptomeria japonica<br />

Leyland Cypress x Cupressocyparis leylandii<br />

74


Arizona Cypress Cupressus arizonica ‘Blue Pyramid’ ‘Golden Pyramid’<br />

American Holly Ilex opaca<br />

Southern Magnolia Magnolia grandiflora<br />

Eastern Red Cedar Juniperus virginiana ‘Grey Owl’<br />

Norway Spruce Picea abies<br />

Colorado Spruce Picea pungens<br />

Lacebark pine Pinus bungeana<br />

White Pine Pinus strobus<br />

Virgina Pine Pinus virginiana<br />

Eastern Hemlock Tsuga canadensis<br />

75


77<br />

Fact Sheet on <strong>Plant</strong> Nutrients<br />

Purpose and Sources<br />

Nutrient Class Purpose Source Deficiency Excess<br />

Nitrogen (N) Primary Rapid growth, dark green color,<br />

increased yield (building proteins<br />

and amino acids)<br />

Phosphorus (P) Primary Rapid growth, stimulates<br />

blooming, root growth<br />

Potassium (K) Primary Photosynthesis, plant metabolism,<br />

fruit formation, winter hardiness<br />

Calcium (CA)<br />

Secondary Cell wall structure, leaf and root<br />

growth vigor, correct/neutralize<br />

pH<br />

Fertilizer, Rain<br />

Fertilizer, bone<br />

meal,<br />

superphosphate<br />

Fertilizer<br />

Dolomitic lime,<br />

gypsum,<br />

superphosphate<br />

Light green to<br />

yellow appearance<br />

<strong>of</strong> leaves, especially<br />

older leaves;<br />

stunted growth;<br />

poor fruit<br />

development.<br />

Leaves may<br />

develop purple<br />

coloration; stunted<br />

plant growth and<br />

delay in plant<br />

development.<br />

Older leaves turn<br />

yellow initially<br />

around margins and<br />

die; irregular fruit<br />

development.<br />

Reduced growth or<br />

death <strong>of</strong> growing<br />

tips; blossom-end<br />

rot <strong>of</strong> tomato; poor<br />

fruit development<br />

and production.<br />

Dark green foliage<br />

which may be<br />

susceptible to<br />

lodging, drought,<br />

disease and insect<br />

invasion. Fruit and<br />

seed crops may fail<br />

to yield.<br />

Excess phosphorus<br />

may cause<br />

micronutrient<br />

deficiencies,<br />

especially iron or<br />

zinc.<br />

Excess potassium<br />

may cause<br />

deficiencies in<br />

magnesium and<br />

possibly calcium.<br />

Excess calcium may<br />

cause deficiency in<br />

either magnesium<br />

or potassium.


78<br />

Magnesium<br />

(Mg)<br />

Sulfur (S)<br />

Secondary Chlorophyll mfg., regulates<br />

uptake <strong>of</strong> nutrients, accelerates<br />

germination and maturity<br />

Secondary Dark green color, root growth,<br />

seed production<br />

Dolomitic<br />

limestone, Epsom<br />

salt<br />

Fertilizer, gypsum,<br />

Epsom salt, copper<br />

sulfate<br />

Initial yellowing <strong>of</strong><br />

older leaves<br />

between leaf veins<br />

spreading to<br />

younger leaves;<br />

poor fruit<br />

development and<br />

production.<br />

Initial yellowing <strong>of</strong><br />

young leaves<br />

spreading to whole<br />

plant; similar<br />

symptoms to<br />

nitrogen deficiency<br />

but occurs on new<br />

growth.<br />

Death <strong>of</strong> growing<br />

points and<br />

deformation <strong>of</strong><br />

leaves with areas <strong>of</strong><br />

discoloration.<br />

High concentration<br />

tolerated in plant;<br />

however, imbalance<br />

with calcium and<br />

potassium may<br />

reduce growth.<br />

Excess <strong>of</strong> sulfur<br />

may cause<br />

premature dropping<br />

<strong>of</strong> leaves.<br />

Boron (B) Micro Quality and yield <strong>of</strong> root crops,<br />

seed production<br />

Organic matter,<br />

borax<br />

Leaf tips become<br />

yellow followed by<br />

necrosis. Leaves get<br />

a scorched<br />

appearance and<br />

later fall <strong>of</strong>f.<br />

Chlorine (Cl) Micro <strong>Plant</strong> metabolism Soil Foliar root burn.<br />

Iron (Fe) Micro Chlorophyll mfg., respiratory<br />

enzyme<br />

Soil, iron sulfate,<br />

iron chelate<br />

Initial distinct<br />

yellow or white<br />

areas between veins<br />

<strong>of</strong> young leaves<br />

leading to spots <strong>of</strong><br />

dead leaf tissue.<br />

Possible bronzing<br />

<strong>of</strong> leaves with tiny<br />

brown spots.


Manganese<br />

(Mn)<br />

Micro Photosynthesis, enzyme control Soil Interveinal<br />

yellowing or<br />

mottling <strong>of</strong> young<br />

leaves.<br />

Molybdenum Micro Utilization <strong>of</strong> nitrogen Soil<br />

(Mo)<br />

Zinc (Zn) Micro Growth, chlorophyll mfg.,<br />

enzyme reactions, synthesis <strong>of</strong><br />

auxin<br />

Soil, zinc oxide,<br />

zinc sulfate, zinc<br />

chelate<br />

Fluoride (F-)<br />

Not a<br />

Micro<br />

Interveianl<br />

yellowing <strong>of</strong> young<br />

leaves; reduced leaf<br />

size.<br />

Older leaves have<br />

brown spots<br />

surrounded by a<br />

chlorotic circle or<br />

zone.<br />

Excess zinc may<br />

cause iron<br />

deficiency in some<br />

plants.<br />

Water treatment for human health None Foliar burn in<br />

tropical plants,<br />

houseplants<br />

(Easter Lily)<br />

Lime: Lime is added to the soil to adjust the acidity <strong>of</strong> the soil to bring it to the idea pH <strong>of</strong> 6.0 to 7.0. At this level nutrients become<br />

readily available to plants, increase the microbial population in the soil, and nitrogen and sulfur are converted to available forms.<br />

79


80<br />

Botanical and common names<br />

Interior <strong>Plant</strong>s<br />

Conditions<br />

L T<br />

i e<br />

g m<br />

h p<br />

t<br />

H<br />

u<br />

m<br />

i<br />

d<br />

i<br />

t<br />

y<br />

<strong>Plant</strong> characteristics and uses<br />

T p<br />

G c<br />

a l<br />

r o<br />

b a<br />

l n<br />

e t<br />

Asparagus setaceus, plumed asparagus fern H W M <br />

Aspidistra elatior, cast-iron plant L C L <br />

Astrophytum myrostigma, bishop’s cap H CR L <br />

Beaucarnea recurvata (Nolina recurvata), ponytail M W L <br />

plant<br />

Begonia x argenteoguttata, angel-winged begonia H W M <br />

Begonia masoniana, iron-cross begonia M W M <br />

Begonia rex, rex begonia M W M <br />

Calathea species, calathea M W H <br />

Callisia species, Bolivian Jew M W M <br />

Caryota mitis, fishtail palm H W M <br />

Cephalocereus senilis, old-man cactus H CR L <br />

Cereus peruvianus, apple cactus H CR L <br />

S<br />

p<br />

e<br />

c<br />

i<br />

m<br />

e<br />

n<br />

H b<br />

a a<br />

n s<br />

g k<br />

i e<br />

n t<br />

g<br />

o v<br />

u e<br />

n r<br />

d<br />

T t<br />

o r<br />

t a<br />

e i<br />

m n<br />

s e<br />

d<br />

&<br />

D g<br />

i a<br />

s r<br />

h d<br />

e<br />

n<br />

s<br />

U f<br />

n o<br />

i l<br />

q i<br />

u a<br />

e g<br />

e<br />

D p<br />

u l<br />

r a<br />

a n<br />

b t<br />

l<br />

e


81<br />

Chamaedorea elegans, parlor palm H W M <br />

Chlorophytum comosum ‘Vittatum’, white-striped M W H <br />

spider plant<br />

Chrysalidocarpus lutescens, butterfly palm, areca H W M <br />

palm<br />

Cissus antacritica, kangaroo vine M W M <br />

Cissus discolor, begonia cissus M W M <br />

Cissus quandrangularis, winged treebine M W L <br />

Cissus rhombifolia, grape ivy M W M <br />

Clerodendron thomsoniae, glory bower H W M <br />

Codiaeum variegatum, croton H W L <br />

Cordyline terminalis, Hawaiian ti plant M W M <br />

Crassula argentea, jade plant M W L <br />

Cryptanthus acaulis, earthstar M W L <br />

Cryptanthus bivittatus ‘Pink Starlight’, pink M W L <br />

starlight earthstar<br />

Cyanotis kewensis, teddy bear vine M W M <br />

Cycas revoluta, sago palm H W L <br />

Cyrtomium falcatum, holly fern L W M <br />

Davallia species, squirrel’s-foot fern M C H <br />

Dieffenbachia hybrids, dumbcane, dieffenbachia L W L <br />

Dizgotheca elegantissima, false aralia VH W L <br />

Dracaena deremensis ‘Janet Craig’, Janet Craig M W L <br />

dracaena<br />

Dracaena deremensis ‘Warneckei’, Warnecke’s L W L <br />

dracaena<br />

Dracaena fragrans ‘Massangeana’, striped corn M W L <br />

plant<br />

Dracaena marginata, Madagascar dragon tree, rededged<br />

H W L <br />

dracaena<br />

Dracaena marginata ‘Tricolor’, rainbow dracaena VH W M


82<br />

Echinocactus grusonii, barrel cactus H CR L <br />

Episcia species and cultivars, flame violet M W M <br />

Epiphyllum hybrids, orchid cactus H CR M <br />

Epipremnum aureum, pothos L C L <br />

Euphorbia milii, crown-<strong>of</strong>-thorns H W L <br />

Euphorbia obesa, botanical wonder H W L <br />

Fatshedera lizei, botanical wonder M C M <br />

Fatsia japonica, Japanese fatsia, Japanese aralia M C M <br />

Faucaria tigrina, tiger’s jaws H CR L <br />

Ficus benjamina, weeping fig H W M <br />

Ficus elastica, rubber plant M W L <br />

Ficus lyrata, fiddleleaf fig L W L <br />

Ficus pumila, creeping fig L W M <br />

Fittonia verschaffeltii var. argyroneura, white M W H <br />

nerve plant<br />

Graptopetalum paraguayense, ghost plant M CR L <br />

Grevillia robusta, silky oak H W M <br />

Gynura aurantiaca, purple passion vine H W M <br />

Hatioria salicornioides, drunkard’s dream M CR L <br />

Hedera helix, English ivy M W M <br />

Hemigraphis alternata, red ivy M W M <br />

Hoya cultivars, hoya H W L <br />

Lithops species, living stones H CR L <br />

Mammillaria species, pincushion cactus H CR L <br />

Maranta leuconeura var. kerchoviana, prayer plant M W H <br />

Maranta leuconeura var. erythroneura, red prayer M W H <br />

plant, red nerve plant<br />

Monstera deliciosa, splitleaf philodendron, M W M <br />

Mexican breadfruit<br />

Nematanthus species, gold-fish plant M W M <br />

Neoreglia species H W L <br />

Nephrolepis exaltata, sword fern M W M


83<br />

Opuntia species, prickly pear H CR L <br />

Pandanus veitchii, screwpine H W L <br />

Pedilanthus tithymaloides, red lady slipper flower H W L <br />

Pellionia pulchra, rainbow vine H W M <br />

Pellionia repens, trailing watermelon vine H W M <br />

Peperomia argyreia, watermelon peperomia H W M <br />

Peperomia caperata ‘Emerald Ripple’, emerald H W M <br />

ripple peperomia<br />

Peperomia griseoargentea, ivy-leaf pepper H W M <br />

Peperomia obtusifolia, pepperface, roundleaf H W M <br />

peperomia<br />

Peperomia scandens, serpent peperomia H W M <br />

Philodendron hybrids, philodendron M W L <br />

Philodendron bipennifolium, fiddleleaf<br />

M W L <br />

philodendron<br />

Philodendron bipinnatifidum (P. Selloum), tree M W L <br />

philodendron<br />

Philodendron scandens var. oxycardium, heartleaf M W L <br />

philodendron<br />

Phoenix Roebelenii, dwarf pygmy palm H W M <br />

Pilea Cadierei, aluminum plant M W M <br />

Pilea nummularifolia, creeping Charlie M W M <br />

Pilea repens, black-leaf Panamiga M W M <br />

Pittosporum tobira, Japanese pittosportum VH W L <br />

Platycerium species, staghorn fern M W M <br />

Plectranthus australis, Swedish ivy M W M <br />

Plectranthus fosteri, candle plant M W M <br />

Plectranthus oertendahli ‘Variegatus’, coleus vine M W M <br />

Podocarpus macrophyllus, Japanese yew VH W L <br />

Polyscias guilfoylei, German aralia H W M <br />

Portulacarai afra, elephant bush H W L <br />

Radermachera sinica, China doll M W M


84<br />

Rhapis cultivars, lady palm H W M <br />

Rhoeo spathacea (Tradescantia spathacea), H W H <br />

Moses-in-the-cradle<br />

Sainpaulia ionantha, African violet M W M <br />

Sansevieria cylindrica, cylindrical snakeplant L W L <br />

Sansevieria trifasciata, snakeplant L W L <br />

Sansevieria trifasciata ‘Hahnii’, bird’s-nest M W L <br />

sansevieria<br />

Sansevieria trifasciata ‘Laurentii’, Laurent’s M W L <br />

sansevieria<br />

Sansevieria zeylanica, Ceylon bowstring hemp M W L <br />

Saxifraga stolonifera, strawberry begonia M W H <br />

Schefflera actinophylla, schefflera H W M <br />

Schefflera arboricola, dwarf schefflera M W M <br />

Schlumbergera x buckleyi (S. Bridgesii), M CR M <br />

Christmas cactus<br />

Schlumbergera gaertneri (Hatioria gaertneri), M CR M <br />

Easter cactus<br />

Sedum morganianum, burro’s tail VH W L <br />

Senecio herreianus, green marble vine H W M <br />

Setcreasea purpurea (Tradescantia purpurea), H W M <br />

purple heart<br />

Soleirolia soleirolii, baby’s-tears M W H <br />

Spathipyllum hybrids, peace lily L W M <br />

Strelitzia reginae, bird-<strong>of</strong>-paradise VH W M <br />

Streptocarpus saxorum, false African violet M W M <br />

Syngonium podophyllum, nephthytis, arrowhead M W L <br />

vine<br />

Tolmiea menziesii, piggy-back plant H W H <br />

Tradescantia species, wandering Jews H W M <br />

Tripogandra multiflora, Tahitian bridal veil H W M <br />

Vriesea splendens, flaming sword H CR L


Zebrina pendula, wandering Jew H W M <br />

Light levels: VH = direct sunlight, a person can read without supplemental lighting at any time during the day; H = bright, indirect sunlight, a person can read without supplemental<br />

lighting for most <strong>of</strong> the day; M = indirect sunlight, supplemental light needed during the early morning or early evening hours in order to read; L = low sunlight, supplemental light<br />

needed at any time <strong>of</strong> the day in order to read.<br />

Temperature: W = warm (60 to 65 degrees F days, and 55 to 60 degrees F nights); C = cool (50 to 60 degrees F days, 45 to 55 degrees F nights); CR = cool during winter rest (50 to 60<br />

degrees F days, 45 to 55 degrees F nights).<br />

Humidity: L = plant survives under low humidity conditions; M = moderate or average home humidity conditions; H = supplemental moisture in the air is desirable.<br />

85


Xeriscape: Water-wise Landscaping<br />

Objectives<br />

1. Realize future water demands and how better landscape management can conserve and<br />

improve water sources.<br />

2. Xeriscaping is not desert drought gardening.<br />

3. Learn and understand the seven steps <strong>of</strong> Xeriscape.<br />

4. Critically evaluate landscapes and be able to divide them into the three water-use zones<br />

(Oasis, Transition & Xeric).<br />

5. Chose proper plant material for specific landscape situations.<br />

6. Promote water-wise gardening and water conservation in your community.<br />

Terms to Know<br />

Nonpoint source (NPS) water pollution - also known as polluted run<strong>of</strong>f, comes from diffuse or<br />

scattered sources in the environment rather than from a defined outlet such as a pipe. As water<br />

moves across and through the land it picks up and carries away natural and human-made<br />

pollutants depositing them into lakes, rivers, wetlands, coastal waters, and even our underground<br />

sources <strong>of</strong> drinking water.<br />

Xeriscape- a common sense, quality method <strong>of</strong> landscaping that conserves water and protects the<br />

environment.<br />

Oasis Zone- high water use zone<br />

Transition Zone- moderate water use zone<br />

Xeric Zone- low to no (supplemental) water use zone<br />

Thinning Cuts- pruning <strong>of</strong> selected branches to reduce a plant’s water requirements.<br />

Grasscycling- allowing mulched grass to fall on the ground after mowing to <strong>of</strong>fer an excellent<br />

slow-release natural nitrogen source and organic layer to the soil.<br />

For more information on Water-wise Landscaping:<br />

http://mastergardeners.tennessee.edu<br />

Xeriscape Handbook by Gayle Weinstein<br />

Xeriscape Color Guide David Winger<br />

Xeriscape <strong>Plant</strong> Guide by Denver Water<br />

Xeriscape: a guide to developing a water-wise landscape by Gary Wade & Jim Midcap <strong>of</strong> the<br />

University <strong>of</strong> Georgia.<br />

To print a Xeriscape Book: http://www.ces.uga.edu/pubcd/B1073.htm<br />

Create your own Water-wise <strong>Plant</strong> List<br />

All plants must be in the right place in your landscape. <strong>Plant</strong>s that typically appreciate arid or<br />

drought situations but may not be tolerate wet areas during times <strong>of</strong> drought. Know the flow <strong>of</strong><br />

water before you plant placement. Use Oasis, Transition, Xeric Zone terms to identify plants for<br />

your Xeriscape. Keep adding your own selections and discoveries to this list.<br />

86


Trees<br />

Scientific Name Common Name Zone<br />

Shrubs<br />

Ornamental Grasses<br />

Ground Covers<br />

Perennials<br />

Annuals<br />

87


Ground Cover Calculations<br />

How to figure the number <strong>of</strong> ground cover plants required: Multiply the number <strong>of</strong> square feet by<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> plants required per square foot using this table.<br />

Distance Apart<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>s Per Sq. Ft.<br />

4" 9.11<br />

6" 4<br />

8" 2.25<br />

9" 1.77<br />

10" 1.44<br />

12" 1<br />

18" .45<br />

24" .25<br />

36" .11<br />

One Flat <strong>of</strong> 100 <strong>Plant</strong>s Will Cover:<br />

Inch Spacing<br />

Square Feet<br />

4" 11<br />

6" 25<br />

8" 44<br />

10" 70<br />

12" 100<br />

15" 156<br />

18" 225<br />

24" 400<br />

88


Ground Covers <strong>Plant</strong> Lists<br />

Low-growing ground covers for shade<br />

Wild Ginger Asarum europaeum<br />

Japanese Painted Fern Athyrium nipponicum<br />

Lily <strong>of</strong> the Valley Convallaria majalis<br />

Wood Fern Dryopteris spp.<br />

Prostrate Japanese Plum Yew Cephalotaxus harrington ‘Prostrata’<br />

Barrenwart Epimedium spp.<br />

Galax, Wandflower Galax urcelolata<br />

Sweet Woodruff Galium odoratum<br />

Cranesbill Geranium spp.<br />

Hakone Grass Hanonechloa marca ‘Aureola’<br />

Lenton Rose Helleborous spp.<br />

Alum root Heuchera spp.<br />

Hosta Hosta spp.<br />

Deadnettle Lamium spp.<br />

Creeping Lily Turf Liriope spicata<br />

Lily Turf Liriope muscari<br />

Creeping Jenny Lysimachia nummularia<br />

Mondo Grass Ophiopogon japonicus<br />

Royal, Cinnamon Ferns Osmunda spp.<br />

Allegheny Spurge Pachysandra procumbens<br />

Japanese Spurge Pachysandra terminaltis<br />

Virginia Creeper Parthenocissus quinquefolia<br />

Christmas or Tassel Fern Polystichum spp.<br />

Lungwort Pulmonaria longifolia<br />

Foamflower Tiarella cordifolia<br />

Periwinkle Vinca spp.<br />

Low-growing ground covers for sun<br />

Glossy Abelia Abelia x grandiflora<br />

Wormwood Artemisa spp.<br />

Crimson Pygmy Barberry Berberis thumbergii<br />

Feather Reed Grass Calamagrostis acutifolia ‘Overdam’<br />

Green and Gold Chrysogonum viriginianum<br />

Redoiser Dogwood Cornus sericea ‘Kelsey’<br />

Cotoneaster Cotoneaster spp.<br />

Ice <strong>Plant</strong> Delosperma cooperi<br />

Dianthus or Pinks Dianthus gratianopolitanus<br />

Blue Oat Grass Helictorichon sempervirens<br />

Daylily Hemerocallis spp.<br />

St. John’s Wort Hypericum calycinum<br />

Candytuff Iberis sempervirens<br />

89


Weeping Winter Jasmine Jasminum nudiflorus<br />

Blue Pacific Juniper Juniperus chinensis ‘Blue Pacific’<br />

Shore Juniper Juniperus conferta cvs.<br />

Creeping Juniper Juniperus horizontais ‘Blue Chip’, ‘Blue Horizon’ ‘Wiltonii’<br />

Dahurian Juniper Juniperus davurica ‘Parsoni’<br />

Dwarf Juniper Juniperus procumbens ‘Nana’<br />

Single-seed Juniper Juniperus squamata ‘Blue Star’, ‘Blue Carpet’<br />

Chinese Silver Grass Miscanthus sinensis<br />

Fountain grass Pennisetum spp.<br />

Creeping Phlox Phlox divaricata<br />

Fragrant Sumac Rhus aromatica<br />

Carpet Rose Rosa ‘Flower Carpet’<br />

Creeping Rosemary Rosemarinus <strong>of</strong>ficianalis ‘Prostratus’<br />

Creeping Raspberry Pubus calynoides<br />

Meadow Sage Salivia nemorosa<br />

Stonecrop, Sedum Sedum spp.<br />

Japanese Spirea Spirea japonica<br />

Thyme Thymus x citriodorus<br />

Verbena Verbena spp.<br />

Evergreen ground covers<br />

Glossy Abelia Abelia x grandiflora<br />

Prostrate Japanese Plum Yew Cephalotaxus harrington ‘Prostrata’<br />

Lily <strong>of</strong> the Valley Convallaria majalis<br />

Cotoneaster Cotoneaster spp.<br />

Dianthus or Pinks Dianthus gratianopolitanus<br />

Sweet Woodruff Galium odoratum<br />

Cranesbill Geranium spp.<br />

Lenton Rose Helleborous spp.<br />

Alum root Heuchera spp.<br />

Candytuff Iberis sempervirens<br />

Weeping Winter Jasmine Jasminum nudiflorus<br />

Dwarf Juniper Juniperus procumbens ‘Nana’<br />

Blue Pacific Juniper Juniperus chinensis ‘Blue Pacific’<br />

Blue Rug Juniper Juniperus horizontais ‘Wiltonii’<br />

Creeping Lily Turf Liriope spicata<br />

Lily turf Liriope muscari<br />

Creeping Jenny Lysimachia nummularia<br />

Mondo grass Ophiopogon japonicus<br />

Allegheny spurge Pachysandra procumbens<br />

Japanese spurge Pachysandra terminaltis<br />

Creeping Raspberry Pubus calynoides<br />

Creeping Rosemary Rosemarinus <strong>of</strong>ficianalis ‘Prostratus’<br />

Thyme Thymus x citriodorus<br />

90


Foamflower Tiarella cordifolia<br />

Periwinkle Vinca spp.<br />

Flowering ground covers<br />

Glossy Abelia Abelia x grandiflora<br />

Wild Ginger Asarum europaeum<br />

Lily <strong>of</strong> the Valley Convallaria majalis<br />

Green and gold Chrysogonum viriginianum<br />

Redoiser Dogwood Cornus sericea ‘Kelsey’<br />

Cotoneaster Cotoneaster spp.<br />

Ice <strong>Plant</strong> Delosperma cooperi<br />

Dianthus or Pinks Dianthus gratianopolitanus<br />

Galax, Wandflower Galax urcelolata<br />

Sweet Woodruff Galium odoratum<br />

Cranesbill Geranium spp.<br />

Lenton Rose Helleborous spp.<br />

Daylily Hemerocallis spp.<br />

Alum root Heuchera spp.<br />

Hosta Hosta spp.<br />

St. John’s Wort Hypericum calycinum<br />

Candytuff Iberis sempervirens<br />

Weeping Winter Jasmine Jasminum nudiflorus<br />

Creeping Lily Turf Liriope spicata<br />

Lily turf Liriope muscari<br />

Mondo grass Ophiopogon japonicus<br />

Creeping Phlox Phlox divaricata<br />

Creeping Raspberry Pubus calynoides<br />

Carpet Rose Rosa ‘Flower Carpet’<br />

Creeping Rosemary Rosemarinus <strong>of</strong>ficianalis ‘Prostratus’<br />

Meadow Sage Salivia nemorosa<br />

Stonecrop, Sedum Sedum spp.<br />

Japanese Spirea Spirea japonica<br />

Foamflower Tiarella cordifolia<br />

Verbena Verbena spp.<br />

Periwinkle Vinca spp.<br />

Ground covers for wet soils*<br />

Wild Ginger Asarum europaeum<br />

Sweet Flag Acorus gramineus<br />

Japanese Painted Fern Athyrium nipponicum<br />

Redoiser Dogwood Cornus sericea ‘Kelsey’<br />

Deadnettle Lamium spp.<br />

Creeping Jenny Lysimachia nummularia<br />

* Grass is the only appropriate ground cover for septic fill lines.<br />

91


HERB REFERENCE AND RESOURCE LISTS<br />

Websites:<br />

Mississippi State University – www.msucares.com/lawn/herbs<br />

Johnny’s Selected Seeds - www.johnnyseeds.com<br />

Richter’s Herb - www.richters.com<br />

Herb Growing and Marketing Network - www.herbworld.com<br />

International Herb Association – www.iherb.com<br />

Books:<br />

Southern Herb Growing – Author: Madelene Hill and Gwen Barclay<br />

Taylor’s Guide to Herbs (Taylor’s Guide to Gardening) – Houghton<br />

Mifflin Company; Editors: Rita Buchanan & Frances Tenenbaum<br />

The Rodale Herb Book – Rodale Press Book Division, Editor:William H. Hylton<br />

Herbal Wreaths – Author: Carol Taylor<br />

Potpourri Crafts – Author: Dawn Cusick<br />

The Complete Book <strong>of</strong> Everlastings – Author: Mark and Terry Silber<br />

Herbs for Weddings and Other Celebrations – Author: Bertha Repppert<br />

Flavored Oils-50 Recipes for Cooking with Infused Oils – Author: Michael Chiarello<br />

Skinny Spices-50 Nifty Homemade Spice Blends and 100 Low-cal Recipes to Make Any<br />

Meal Delicious – Author: Erica Levy Klein<br />

The Crafter’s Garden- Author: Joni Prittie<br />

Herbal Gifts – Author: Joanna Sheen<br />

Gifts From the Herb Garden – Author: Emelie Tolley and Chris Mead<br />

Making and Selling Herbal Crafts – Author: Alyce Nadeau<br />

The Herbal Pantry – Author: Emelie Tolley and Chris Mead<br />

92


Basil-An Herb Lover’s Guide – Author: Thomas Debaggio and Susan Belsinger<br />

Today’s Herbal Kitchen-How to Cook and Design with Herbs Through The Seasons –<br />

Authors: Memphis Herb Society, Published by Wimmer Companies<br />

The Healing Herbs – Author: Michael Castleman<br />

American Horticultural Society Herb Gardens – Published by DK Publishing<br />

Better Homes and Gardens Herb Gardens – Published by Meredith Books<br />

The Natural Remedy Bible – Authors: Michael Tierra and John Lust<br />

The Herb Book – Author: John Lust<br />

Rodale’s Illustrated Encyclopedia <strong>of</strong> Herbs – Published by Rodale Press, Editors: Claire<br />

Kowalchik and William H. Hylton<br />

Herbal Vinegar – Author: Maggie Oster<br />

The Pleasure <strong>of</strong> Herbs – Author: Phyllis Shaudys<br />

The Green Pharmacy – Author: James A. Duke<br />

Storey’s Books for Country Living, Storey Communications Inc. School House Road,<br />

Dept. 9600, Pownal, Vermont 05261, Tel. 800-441-5700 – Country Wisdom Bulletin<br />

Library<br />

A-130 Making Potpourri<br />

A-112 Making and Using Flavored Vinegars<br />

A-119 Growing and Using Basil<br />

A-168 Natural and Herbal Family Remedies<br />

A-166 Growing and Using Sage<br />

A-145 Growing and Cooking with Mint<br />

A-131 Growing and Using Scented Geraniums<br />

A-174 Tea and Teatime Recipes<br />

A-129 Making and Using Mustards<br />

A-149 Make 22 Herbal Gifts for the Holidays<br />

Herbal Cosmetics – Author: Jim Long<br />

Dream Pillows and Love Potions – Author: Jim Long<br />

How to Make Romantic Bentwood Garden Trellises – Author: Jim Long<br />

93


Tea and Cakes Under the Trellis – Author: Jim Long<br />

Compiled by: Lelia Scott Kelly, Ph.D.<br />

Horticulture Specialist<br />

Mississippi State University Extension Service<br />

SOURCES <strong>OF</strong> HERB SEEDS AND PLANTS<br />

• Thompson & Morgan, P.O. Box 1308, Jackson, NJ 08527-0308<br />

Toll-free 1-800-274-7333 Fax toll-free 1-888-466-4769<br />

On the Internet at www.thompson-morgan.com<br />

• Shepherd’s Garden Seeds, 30 Irene St., Torrington, CT 06790<br />

Ph: 1-860-482-3638 Fax: 1-860-482-0532<br />

On the Internet at www.shepherdseeds.com<br />

• Johnny’s Selected Seeds, RR 1, Box 2580, Albion, ME 04910-9731<br />

Ph: 1-207-437-4395 Fax toll-free: 1-800-738-6314 (anytime)<br />

On the Internet at www.johnnyseeds.com<br />

• Richters Herb Catalogue, Goodwood, Ontario, Lociao, Canada<br />

Ph: 1-905-640-6677 Fax #1-905-640-6641<br />

On the Internet at www.richters.com<br />

• Nichols Garden Nursery, 1190 Old Salem Rd. NE, Albany, Oregon 97321-4580<br />

Ph: 1-541-928-9280 Fax toll-free: 1-800-231-5306<br />

E-mail: Nichols@gardennursery.com<br />

Other information sources:<br />

Mississippi State University Web sites – www.msucares.com/lawn/herbs<br />

Books: Southern Herb Growing – Author: Madelene Hill and Gwen Barclay<br />

Taylor’s Guide to Herbs (Taylor’s Guide to Gardening) – Published by: Houghton<br />

Mifflin Company; Editors: Rita Buchanan & Frances Tenenbaum<br />

Compiled by: Lelia Scott Kelly, Ph.D.<br />

Horticulture Specialist<br />

Mississippi State University Extension Service<br />

94


Herbs<br />

Listed below are some <strong>of</strong> the more common herbs that you may want to grow, along with<br />

minimum basic information. Average garden soil with excellent drainage is assumed. It may also<br />

be assumed that every plant listed was used medicinally at one time by some society for<br />

medicinal purposes. If the code "M" is given for it, this means that this was its only major use.<br />

NAME TYPE USE CULTURE PART USED<br />

Agrimony P M Dry Whole plant<br />

Ajuga P M PSh Leaf<br />

Alexanders B Rep,C PSh Whole plant<br />

Anise A C Dry Ripe seed<br />

Basil, holy A Rel. FS Whole plant<br />

Basil, sweet A C FS,W,RS Leaf<br />

Bay tree T Rel,C FS, W Leaf<br />

Beebalm P C FS Leaf, blossom<br />

Borage A C FS Leaf<br />

Burnet, Salad P C PSh Leaf<br />

Capers TP C FS Flower Bud<br />

Caraway B C FS Root, Ripe seed<br />

Cardoon B C FS Midrib <strong>of</strong> leaf<br />

Catnip P M,Pet FS Leaf & flower<br />

Chamomile,Ger. A M,Cos. FS Flower<br />

Chamomile,Rom. P M,O FS Whole plant<br />

Chervil HA C PSh Leaf<br />

Chives P C RS,W,FS Leaf<br />

Colchicum HC P FS Corm<br />

Comfrey P M RS,PS Ripe seed<br />

& Cilantro<br />

Leaf<br />

Costmary P Rel,H FS,LS Leaf & Flower<br />

Cumin A C,M FS Ripe seed<br />

Dill A C,M FS Seeds, weed<br />

Dittany TP M,H PSh Leaf<br />

Epazote A M,C RS,FS Whole plant<br />

Equisetum P Abrasive RS,PS Stem<br />

Fennel A,TP Rep,C,H FS Seeds, weed<br />

Ferula TP R,H FS Stem<br />

Feverfew P M FS Leaf<br />

Flax A M FS Seed<br />

Foxglove B M PS Leaf<br />

Garlic H B Rep,M, C RS,W,FS Bulb<br />

Garlic Chives P C RS,W,FS Leaf<br />

Ginger TP C,M RS,W Rhizome<br />

Good King Henry P C RS, FS Leaf<br />

95


Hellebores P P,M Sh Root<br />

Henbane A P,M PSh Whole <strong>Plant</strong><br />

Hops PV C,M Support Bracts<br />

Horehound P C,M Dry,FS Leaf<br />

Hyssop P C,M FS Leaf<br />

Iris P F,Cos. FS Rhizome<br />

Lamb's Ear P M LS,FS Leaf<br />

Larkspur HA P,Rep. FS Seeds<br />

Lavender P F FS Flower buds<br />

Leek B M,C,H RS,W Stem<br />

Lemon Balm P C Dry,FS Leaf<br />

Lemon Verbena TP C,F FS Leaf<br />

Linden HT C,F FS Bracts<br />

Lovage P C,M PSh Leaf<br />

Lungwort P M Sh,W Leaf<br />

Madder P D FS Root<br />

Marigold,Med. A Rel,C FS Flower<br />

Marigold,Mex. A Rep. FS Whole plant<br />

Marjoram TP C,Rel. FS,LS Leaf<br />

Mignonette A F FS Flower<br />

Milkweed P M FS Root<br />

Mint P M,C PSh,W Leaf<br />

Monkshood P P,M Sh Tubers<br />

Mugwort P C,Rep. FS Leaf<br />

Mullein B M LS,FS Leaf<br />

Mustard A C FS Seed<br />

Myrtle TT Rel. FS Leaf, flower<br />

Old Roses HSh F,M,H FS Flower<br />

Oregano P,TP C FS Leaf<br />

Paprika A C FS,W Fruit<br />

Papyrus TP Rep. FS,W Stem<br />

Parsley B C PSh,W Leaf, Root<br />

Pennyroyal P Rep. FS Leaf<br />

Pelargoniums TP F,C FS Leaf<br />

Pleurisy Root P M FS Whole plant<br />

Pyrethrum P Rep. FS Flower<br />

Rosemary TP C,M FS Leaf<br />

Rue P Rep,M FS Leaf<br />

Safflower A D,C FS Petals<br />

Saffron HC D,C FS Stigmata<br />

Sage P M,C FS Leaf<br />

Santolina P F,Rep. FS Whole plant<br />

Savory,Sum. A C FS Leaf<br />

Savory,Win. P C FS Leaf<br />

96


Sesame A C,Rel. FS Seeds<br />

Shallots HB C FS,RS,W Bulb<br />

Smallage B C FS Seed<br />

Soapwort P Soap,Ful. FS Whole plant<br />

Sorrel P C RS,W Leaf<br />

Southernwood P F,Rep FS Whole plant<br />

Starchwort P Starch FS Corm<br />

Stevia TP C FS Leaf<br />

St.Johns Wort P M,Rep. FS Flower<br />

Sweet Flag P C,M,F FS,W Rhizome<br />

Tansy P M,Rep. FS Whole plant<br />

Tarragon P C PSh. Leaf<br />

Teasel B Ful. RS,FS Seed Pods<br />

Thistle,Milk A M FS Leaf, Seed<br />

", On. acan. B H FS Whole plant<br />

", Car. vul. A H FS Whole plant<br />

", Cni.ben. A M FS Whole plant<br />

Thyme P,TP M,C FS Leaf<br />

Tumeric TP M,C FS Rhizome<br />

Valerian P M,Rep. PSh Root<br />

Vetiver TP M,F,Rep. FS Root<br />

Weld B D FS Whole plant<br />

Wintergreen P C,M Sh,Acid Whole plant<br />

Witch Hazel PSh M PSh Bark<br />

Woad B D RS,FS Leaf<br />

Woodruff,Sw. P C,F Sh,Acid Leaf<br />

Wormwood P M FS Leaf<br />

Yarrow P M FS Leaf<br />

KEY TO TYPE <strong>OF</strong> PLANT: KEY TO CULTURE: KEY TO USE <strong>OF</strong> PLANT:<br />

A - Annual FS - Full sun C - Culinary<br />

B - Biennial PSh - Part Shade Cos - Cosmetic<br />

HA - Hardy Annual RS - Rich Soil D - Dye<br />

HB - Hardy Bulb LS - Lean Soil F - Fragrance<br />

HC - Hardy Corm Sh - Shade Ful - by Fullers<br />

HSh- Hardy Shrub W - Water H - Historic<br />

P – Perennial<br />

M - Medicinal<br />

PV - Perennial vine<br />

O - Ornamental<br />

TP - Tender Perennial<br />

P - Poison<br />

TSh.- Tender Shrub<br />

Rel - Religious<br />

TT - Tender Tree<br />

Rep - Repellant<br />

97


SOYBEAN AND<br />

OILSEED <strong>CROPS</strong><br />

98


SOYBEANS<br />

Land Selection .................................................................................................................100<br />

Variety Selection, Maturity Groups and Disease Resistance ...........................................100<br />

Maturity Date by <strong>Plant</strong>ing Date for Different Maturity Groups ......................................101<br />

How the Soybean <strong>Plant</strong> Grows ........................................................................................102<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Dates .................................................................................................................103<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Rates ..................................................................................................................104<br />

Row Widths .....................................................................................................................105<br />

Fertilization and Liming ..................................................................................................105<br />

Inoculation ......................................................................................................................105<br />

Insect Control ..................................................................................................................105<br />

Disease Control ...............................................................................................................105<br />

Harvesting .......................................................................................................................106<br />

Drying and Storing ..........................................................................................................106<br />

Yield Estimates ...............................................................................................................106<br />

Marketing ........................................................................................................................107<br />

SUNFLOWERS .........................................................................................................................108<br />

99


SOYBEANS<br />

(Glycine max.)<br />

The soybean belongs to the Leguminosae<br />

family and, like other legumes, has the ability to<br />

supply its own nitrogen needs utilizing<br />

Rhizobium japonicum, a soil nitrogen-fixing<br />

bacteria. Soybean seeds grown in Tennessee<br />

average about 20 percent oil and 38 percent<br />

protein and a bushel <strong>of</strong> seed at 13% moisture<br />

weighs 60 pounds.<br />

Land Selection<br />

Productive soybean soils are deep or moderately<br />

deep, well to moderately well-drained, mediumtextured<br />

soils that occur on level or gentlysloping<br />

fields with no danger <strong>of</strong> flooding and<br />

where run<strong>of</strong>f and erosion are minimal. Reduced<br />

yields can be expected on more droughty upland<br />

soils. Maturity Group (MG) 3 varieties should<br />

always be placed on productive soils. MG4 and<br />

5 varieties are suited to both high yielding and<br />

less productive soils.<br />

(Figure 1. Maturity Group zones for soybeans)<br />

Variety Selection<br />

Soybean varieties are selected for their yield across different environments, maturity designation,<br />

and disease resistance. A maturity group designation is based on the U.S. latitude in which that<br />

variety was developed for use as a full season bean (Figure 1). Traditionally, the MG 5 bean has<br />

the widest adaptation across Tennessee, but due to an interest in early planting and harvest, these<br />

varieties are planted on only about one third <strong>of</strong> Tennessee’s soybean acreage. “Early maturity”<br />

varieties in MG 3 and 4 have increased in use and currently Tennessee growers plant<br />

approximately 20% Group 3 and 50% Group 4 varieties. Group 2s are planted on less than 1% <strong>of</strong><br />

acres. Approximately 98% <strong>of</strong> Tennessee soybeans are Roundup Ready ® . A new herbicide<br />

tolerant soybean that is tolerant to glufosinate, Liberty Link ® , is expected to be released<br />

commercially in 2009.<br />

Yield - Producers should plant a combination <strong>of</strong> maturity groups to spread their risk for loss due<br />

to dry weather during the season. For latest variety performance comparisons, see the most<br />

recent version <strong>of</strong> Soybean Variety Tests in Tennessee.<br />

Maturity Groups - When choosing a maturity group to plant, producers should consider how<br />

early the soybeans can be planted and when harvest is desired (Figure 2, 3). MG 3 and 4<br />

soybeans require less time to mature than MG 5 varieties when planted at the same time. Group 3<br />

and 4 soybeans should be planted when soil temperatures are adequate in late April up to mid<br />

100


May for best results. Early MG 5 soybeans (5.0-5.5) can be planted in May or as a double crop<br />

bean. MG 4 or 5 varieties can be used as a salvage planting in July.<br />

The harvest time for MG 3 and early planted MG 4 varieties is usually during corn harvest.<br />

Producers should have the time and the equipment to harvest these varieties in a timely manner<br />

to avoid harvest losses from pod shattering.<br />

Disease and nematode resistance - selecting varieties with disease and nematode resistance is an<br />

important way producers control or manage some soybean diseases like stem canker and Sudden<br />

Death Syndrome (SDS) and the soybean cyst nematode. Refer to the most recent copy <strong>of</strong><br />

“Soybean Diseases and Nematode Ratings” for current varieties and their performance under<br />

Tennessee conditions. Soybeans grown in a corn and soybean rotation should have good<br />

tolerance to Sudden Death Syndrome. Soybean varieties resistant to Phytophthora root rot should<br />

be utilized on low, poorly-drained heavy clay soils or on any other soil that is subject to flooding<br />

and has poor internal as well as surface drainage. Stem canker resistance is highly desirable<br />

where soybeans are grown several years in a row in the same field.<br />

Figure 2. 2005 <strong>Plant</strong>ing and Harvest Dates for Nonirrigated Soybeans at Milan.<br />

Walker, USDA/ARS.<br />

Harvest Date by Maturity Group<br />

2005 <strong>Plant</strong>ing MG 3 MG 4 MG 5<br />

Date<br />

May 4 Sept 20 Oct 16 Oct 31<br />

May 18 Oct 7 Oct 21 Nov 7<br />

June 7 Oct 15 Oct 23 Nov 5<br />

June 23 Oct 15 Oct 21 Nov 8<br />

July 20 Oct 27 Nov 7 Nov 8<br />

August 10 Nov 23 Nov 23 Nov 23<br />

101


Figure 3. 2002 <strong>Plant</strong>ing and Maturity Dates for Irrigated Soybeans at Jackson.<br />

Buchanan et.al.<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing<br />

Date<br />

MG Bu/Acre Inches <strong>of</strong><br />

Water<br />

Applied<br />

Days to<br />

Maturity<br />

Actual<br />

Maturity*<br />

*<br />

Mid April 3.7 56.6 23 148 Sep 12<br />

4.6 61.0 26 158 Sep 22<br />

5.6* 26.2 31 210 Nov 13<br />

Mid-May 3.7 60.1 20 128 Sep 20<br />

4.6 55.1 23 132 Sep 24<br />

5.6* 20.0 28 184 Nov 15<br />

Mid-June 3.7 50.6 20 103 Sep 26<br />

4.6 35.6 22 126 Oct 19<br />

5.6* 7.3 25 153 Nov 16<br />

* Note: The MG 5 variety had disease issues which affected yield. Data are<br />

included to illustrate Days to Maturity for a typical MG 5 bean.<br />

** At full maturity a delay <strong>of</strong> 5-10 days (depending on weather) are needed<br />

to allow seed moisture to decrease to desired level prior to harvest.<br />

How the Soybean <strong>Plant</strong> Grows<br />

The rate <strong>of</strong> vegetative growth is determined by temperature, while the onset <strong>of</strong> reproduction is<br />

triggered by day- length. Soybeans flower in response to a specific photo period. Shorter daylength<br />

(longer dark or nighttime period) causes flowering and pod formation. Nearly all Group 1<br />

through 4 varieties have an ‘indeterminate’ growth habit while Group 5 through 9 varieties are<br />

primarily ‘determinate’ soybeans. Indeterminate soybeans flower when plants have at least three<br />

trifoliate leaves and produce new leaves, nodes and flowers all at the same time. Vegetative<br />

growth overlaps reproductive growth for 3 to 6 weeks. Determinate varieties nearly complete<br />

vegetative growth before flowering begins, and the main stem ends in a large, terminal pod<br />

cluster. Determinate soybeans flower from the upper canopy towards the base. Indeterminate<br />

soybeans flower at the base (3 rd -5th node) first then proceeds towards the top as new nodes are<br />

added.<br />

102


Description <strong>of</strong> Vegetative Stages <strong>of</strong> Soybean Growth<br />

Stage No. Description<br />

VE Cotyledons above the soil surface<br />

VC Unifoliate leaves unrolled so that leaf edges<br />

are not touching<br />

V1 One set <strong>of</strong> unfolded trifoliate leaves<br />

V2 Two unfolded trifoliate leaves<br />

V4 Four unfolded trifoliate leaves<br />

Vn V stages continue with the unfolding <strong>of</strong><br />

trifoliate leaves. The final number <strong>of</strong><br />

trifoliates depends on the environment and<br />

variety.<br />

Description <strong>of</strong> Reproductive Stages <strong>of</strong> Soybean Growth<br />

Stage No. Abbreviated Stage Description<br />

Title<br />

R1 Beginning bloom One open flower at any node on the main stem.<br />

R2 Full bloom Open flower at one <strong>of</strong> the 2 upper nodes on the main<br />

stem with a fully developed leaf.<br />

R3 Beginning pod 3/16" (~1/4") pod on one <strong>of</strong> the 4 upper nodes on the<br />

main stem with a fully developed leaf.<br />

R4 Full pod 3/4" pods at one <strong>of</strong> the 4 upper nodes on the main<br />

stem with a fully developed leaf.<br />

R5 Beginning seed Seed 1/8" long at one <strong>of</strong> the 4 upper nodes on the<br />

main stem with a fully developed leaf.<br />

R6 Full seed Pod containing green seed that fills the pod cavity at<br />

one <strong>of</strong> the 4 upper nodes on the main stem.<br />

R7 Beginning<br />

maturity<br />

One pod on main stem has reached its mature pod<br />

color.<br />

R8 Full maturity 95% <strong>of</strong> pods have reached mature pod color; 5-10<br />

days <strong>of</strong> drying weather are needed after R8 before<br />

soybeans have


data sorted by planting date.<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Rates<br />

Seeding rates depend on maturity group, planting date and the gemination percentage <strong>of</strong> seed.<br />

There is much variation in the number <strong>of</strong> seed per pound depending on variety and the conditions<br />

seed were produced under. Therefore, planting rate should always be based on a targeted<br />

number <strong>of</strong> seed/ft <strong>of</strong> row rather than seeding at a specific pound rate per acre. MG3<br />

varieties and double crop planted soybeans should be seeded at higher rates than MG4 or MG5<br />

full season soybeans. By law, seed sold in Tennessee must have a germination rating <strong>of</strong> 75% or<br />

better. Seed varieties with 75 to 79% germ at higher rates than seed with 80% or better<br />

germination.<br />

Figure 3. Soybean Seeding Rates (for other rates or row spacings: seeds per foot = planting<br />

rate divided by (522,720 divided by row width in inches.)<br />

Row Width<br />

Inches<br />

Broadcast<br />

N/A<br />

Desired Number <strong>of</strong> Seeds per acre (thousands)<br />

100 125 150 175 200 225<br />

Seeds per foot <strong>of</strong> row<br />

38 7.3 9.1 10.9 12.7 14.5 16.4<br />

30 5.7 7.2 8.6 10.0 11.5 12.9<br />

20 3.8 4.8 5.7 6.7 7.6 8.6<br />

15 2.9 3.6 4.3 5.0 5.7 6.5<br />

10 1.9 2.4 2.9 3.3 3.8 4.3<br />

7 1.3 1.7 2.0 2.3 2.7 3.0<br />

40-60 pounds <strong>of</strong> seed / Acre<br />

Per Acre Seeding<br />

Rate<br />

Final Stand<br />

Assuming 80% Germ<br />

Comments<br />

130,000 104,000 A final uniform stand <strong>of</strong> 100,000 or<br />

140,000 112,000<br />

better plants per acre is considered<br />

150,000 120,000 sufficient for full season MG4 and 5<br />

soybeans. Seed at 150,000 seeds per acre<br />

when more seed loss is expected.<br />

160,000 128,000 MG3 or double crop soybeans should be<br />

170,000 136,000<br />

seeded at higher rates. Higher<br />

180,000 144,000 populations can improve height on MG3<br />

varieties and insure adequate stand when<br />

crop stubble affects seed placement.<br />

104


Per Acre Seeding<br />

Rate<br />

Final Stand<br />

Assuming 80% Germ<br />

Comments<br />

190,000 152,000<br />

200,000 160,000<br />

Row Width<br />

Soybeans planted during April or May have not consistently responded to narrow rows, however,<br />

beans planted in June or July generally benefit from narrow rows because <strong>of</strong> quicker canopy<br />

closure and reduced surface moisture loss. For soybeans grown in 36-inch or wider rows, select a<br />

shorter-statured variety or one that is not prone to lodging.<br />

Fertilization and Liming<br />

For fertilization and liming recommendations, see chapter on "Soil Fertility and Soil Testing."<br />

Molybdenum is necessary to the soil bacteria that ‘fix’ nitrogen for the soybean plant and can be<br />

less available in acid soils. Moly is recommended as a seed treatment at a rate <strong>of</strong> 0.2 ounce per<br />

acre the first year that limestone is applied or on soils with a pH <strong>of</strong> 5.8 or below. When lime has<br />

not been applied in several years apply 0.2 ounce <strong>of</strong> molybdenum per acre.<br />

Inoculation<br />

Inoculate seed that is to be planted on land where soybeans have not been grown in the last three<br />

to five years with a bacteria inoculant Rhizobium japonicum. Inoculation may be discontinued<br />

after two or three years <strong>of</strong> soybean production. Liquid inoculant material adheres to the seed and<br />

the likelihood <strong>of</strong> uniform inoculant application is greater. Dry inoculant products can be mixed<br />

directly on the seed in the hopper-box at planting. Liquid inoculants should be allowed to<br />

thoroughly dry on the seed before placing them in the hopper box.<br />

Insect Control<br />

Insects which attack soybeans in Tennessee are placed into four groups: soil insects, aboveground<br />

stem feeders, foliage feeders and pod feeders. The most serious damage occurs from pod<br />

feeders, followed by the foliage feeders. The major pod feeders are stink bugs and corn earworm.<br />

The primary foliage feeders are loopers, green cloverworm, Japanese beetle and bean leaf beetle.<br />

For further information on soybean insects, see the most current version <strong>of</strong> PB 1768, Insect<br />

Control Recommendations for Field Crops.<br />

Disease Control<br />

Seedling diseases can be reduced by a hopper-box treatment <strong>of</strong> Captan, Apron Maxx or Ridomil<br />

Gold. There are a number <strong>of</strong> good broad spectrum fungicides such as Apron Maxx XL that<br />

contain ingredients that are effective against Phytophtora and Rhizoctonia and against cool<br />

weather diseases such as Pythium. Soybeans planted in April or into cool soils in early May <strong>of</strong>ten<br />

benefit from a fungicide treatment because the stand is more protected although yield increases<br />

may not be observed.<br />

105


Foliar disease management for frogeye leaf spot, Septoria brown spot and anthracnose is<br />

provided by a strobilurin fungicide applied at the R3 growth stage when beans have at least 12 to<br />

15 nodes on the main stem. Some varieties respond more to an application <strong>of</strong> a foliar fungicide<br />

than others based on disease resistance. For a current list <strong>of</strong> variety response to fungicides see the<br />

latest version <strong>of</strong> “Soybean Disease Ratings and Yields”.<br />

Harvesting<br />

Maturity Group 3, 4 and 5 soybeans should be harvested when seed moisture is below 20<br />

percent. A few leaves may still be attached to Group 3 and 4 varieties. Optimum moisture for<br />

harvesting is between 13 and 14 percent. Soybean seed that are combined when the moisture is<br />

less than 12 percent are subject to more mechanical damage to seed coats. Soybeans to be<br />

utilized for seed purposes should not be harvested at less than 13 percent moisture because <strong>of</strong><br />

possible mechanical damage to seed coats resulting in poor gemination.<br />

The major loss <strong>of</strong> soybeans during harvesting is from cutter bar shatter. Combines are doing a<br />

good job if machine loss is less than 3 percent <strong>of</strong> yield. Generally for every four to six soybeans<br />

per square foot left on the ground, there is a loss <strong>of</strong> approximately 1 bushel per acre.<br />

Drying and Storing<br />

Beans with a moisture content above 13.5 percent should be artificially dried for safe, temporary<br />

storage. For safe, long-term storage, beans should be dried to 11 percent moisture.<br />

Maximum Temperature <strong>of</strong> Drying Air<br />

Oil Beans 120 F<br />

Seed Beans 80 F<br />

ESTIMATING SOYBEAN YIELDS BEFORE HARVEST<br />

Soybean seed yield estimates should be made as close to harvest as possible to more accurately<br />

reflect yield potential. Sometimes yield estimates have to be made early such as in a drought<br />

stress/crop loss situation. Producers should contact their crop insurance representative to<br />

determine options in case <strong>of</strong> a crop failure. It may be helpful to estimate seed yield <strong>of</strong> the<br />

standing crop to determine yield potential before deciding whether to bale for hay or leave<br />

standing in the field. It is best to estimate yield in at least 5 locations in the field that are<br />

representative <strong>of</strong> the stand and field conditions.<br />

Step 1. Estimate plants per acre. These lengths are equal to 1/1000 th <strong>of</strong> an acre. Count plants in<br />

one row and multiply by 1000.<br />

7 inch row= number plants in 74 feet 8 inches<br />

7.5 inch row= number <strong>of</strong> plants in 69 feet 8 inches<br />

15 inch row= number <strong>of</strong> plants in 34 feet 10 inches<br />

30 inch row= number <strong>of</strong> plants in 17 feet 5 inches<br />

106


Step 2. Estimate pods per plant. Count pods with seed on each plant for 10 consecutive plants in<br />

one row, regardless <strong>of</strong> plant size. Determine average number <strong>of</strong> pods per plant.<br />

Step 3. Estimate seeds per pod. Healthy soybean plants will average about 2.5 seeds per pod. For<br />

plants under stress, the seeds per pod could drop to 2, 1.5 or even less under high stress<br />

situations. (You can make your estimate <strong>of</strong> seeds per pod from same plants counted in Step 2).<br />

Step 4. Estimate seeds per pound (seed size). 2,500 seeds per pound is a good average value. If<br />

seeds size is consistently very small, may want to use a value <strong>of</strong> 2,800 to 3,000 seeds per pound<br />

instead.<br />

Step 5. Calculate bushels/acre:<br />

(Avg. # plants/acre) x (Avg. # pods per plant) x (Avg. # seeds per pod) divided by (seeds per<br />

pound) divided by (60 pounds per bushel <strong>of</strong> soybeans) = bushels per acre<br />

Example: 125,000 plant population x 32 pods per plant x 1.5 seed per pod/ 3000 seeds<br />

per pound/ 60 lbs per bushel= 33.33 bushels per acre<br />

Marketing<br />

Grade<br />

Grades and Grade Requirements for Soybeans<br />

Minimum<br />

Maximum limits <strong>of</strong><br />

test weight Damaged kernels Foreign Splits<br />

per bushel Heat Total material<br />

damage<br />

(pounds)<br />

(percent) (percent) (percent) (percent)<br />

Soybeans<br />

<strong>of</strong> other<br />

colors<br />

(percent)<br />

U.S. No. 1 56.0 0.2 2.0 1.0 10.0 1.0<br />

U.S. No. 2 54.0 0.5 3.0 2.0 20.0 2.0<br />

U.S. No. 3 1 52.0 1.0 5.0 3.0 30.0 5.0<br />

U.S. No. 4 2 49.0 3.0 8.0 5.0 40.0 10.0<br />

U.S. Sample grade<br />

107


U.S. Sample grade is soybeans that:<br />

(a) Do not meet the requirements for U.S. Nos., 1,2, 3, 4; or<br />

(b) Contain 8 or more stones which have an aggregate weight in excess <strong>of</strong> 0.2<br />

percent <strong>of</strong> the sample weight, 2 or more pieces <strong>of</strong> glass, 3 or more Crotalaria<br />

seed (Crotalaria spp.), 2 or more castor beans (Ricinus communis L.), 4 or<br />

more particles <strong>of</strong> an unknown foreign substance (s) or a commonly<br />

recognized harmful or toxic substance (s), 10 or more rodent pellets, bird<br />

droppings, or equivalent quantity <strong>of</strong> other animal filth per 1,000 grams <strong>of</strong><br />

soybeans; or<br />

©) Have a musty, sour, commercially objectionable foreign odor (except garlic<br />

odor); or<br />

(d) Are heating or otherwise <strong>of</strong> distinctly low quality.<br />

1 Soybeans that are purple mottled or stained are graded not higher than U.S. No. 3<br />

2 Soybeans that are materially weathered are graded not higher than U.S. No. 4.<br />

SUNFLOWERS<br />

(Helianthus annus L.)<br />

The sunflower is a native <strong>of</strong> the Americas and is adapted to nearly every part <strong>of</strong> the United<br />

States. Sunflowers are currently grown in Tennessee for fresh cut flowers, oil, birdseed and<br />

edible seed. The sunflower is a phototropic plant– its seed heads face towards the sun.<br />

Land Selection<br />

The sunflower plant is not highly drought tolerant; however, it has an extensive heavily branched<br />

tap root system that allows it to extract more soil moisture than corn roots. Sunflowers grow well<br />

in a wide range <strong>of</strong> soils. Where yield is critical, sunflowers should not be planted in fields that<br />

yield poorly for corn or soybeans.<br />

Varieties<br />

The University <strong>of</strong> Tennessee conducts sunflower variety trials at the Research and Education<br />

Center at Milan to identify varieties that are less prone to lodging and more productive under<br />

Tennessee growing conditions. Several newer varieties are herbicide tolerant (Clearfield) and<br />

are tolerant to Beyond herbicide. Data on lodging and production are available at<br />

http://varietytrials.tennessee.edu.<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>ing Dates<br />

April 10 to June 1. Soil temperature should be at 50F or above when the seed is planted. Seed<br />

should be planted 1 to 2 inches deep depending on moisture.<br />

108


<strong>Plant</strong>ing Rates<br />

Seed sunflowers at about 6 pounds <strong>of</strong> seed per acre. <strong>Plant</strong> 10 to 12 inches apart in 30 to 40 inch<br />

rows. <strong>Plant</strong>ers equipped with cotton plates or with soybean meter cups can work well to seed<br />

sunflower seeds. Sunflower finger pickups are also available. When broadcast seeding for flower<br />

displays or wildlife plots, increase the seeding rate to 8 pounds per acre and use a variety that is<br />

not prone to lodging.<br />

Fertilization and Liming<br />

Soil fertility requirements <strong>of</strong> sunflowers are not well-known. However, good yields have been<br />

obtained from 90 pounds nitrogen, 60 pounds P 2 0 5 and 60 pounds <strong>of</strong> K 2 0 per acre. Nitrogen can<br />

be split applied (30 lbs/A at planting; 60 lbs/A side dressed). No P or K is needed on high testing<br />

soils.<br />

Desired pH is the same as for corn.<br />

Harvesting<br />

Sunflowers are mature when the backs <strong>of</strong> the heads are yellow and the outer bracts are beginning<br />

to turn brown. The seeds are ready to thresh and store when they contain not more than 10 to 12<br />

percent moisture.<br />

109


BURLEY TOBACCO<br />

110


University <strong>of</strong> Tennessee Recommended Burley Tobacco Varieties – 2008<br />

Variety<br />

Yield<br />

1<br />

Black<br />

Shank 2<br />

Race 0<br />

Race 1<br />

Disease Resistance Ratings<br />

Black<br />

Root<br />

Rot<br />

Moderately High Black Shank Resistance<br />

Fusari<br />

um<br />

wilt 2<br />

TM<br />

V 3<br />

TVM<br />

V<br />

TEV<br />

Blue<br />

Mold<br />

Relative<br />

Maturity<br />

KT 206 LC 9 10 7 High 1 High High Med. 4 Med - Late<br />

KT 204 LC 9 7 7 High 1 High High Med. 0 Med - Late<br />

Moderate Black Shank Resistance<br />

NC 7 9 10 4 High 5 High High Med. 0 Med.–Late<br />

TN 90 LC 5 4 4 High 0 High High Med. 3 Med.- Late<br />

R 610 LC 5 4 4 Med. 3 - None None 0 Med.<br />

Hybrid 5 5 5 High 4 High None None 0 Med.- Early<br />

501LC<br />

Black Shank Susceptible (black shank free land only)<br />

ms KY14 x 7 10 0 Med. 6 High None None 0 Early<br />

L8<br />

HB04P LC 8 0 0 High 0 High None None 0 Med.<br />

NC 6 8 10 3 High 0 High High Med. 0 Med.–Late<br />

N 126 LC 8 0 0 Med. 3 High None None 0 Med.<br />

R 7-12 LC 8 0 0 High 4 High None None 0 Late<br />

NC 2002* 3 0 0 Low 0 High None None 7 Late<br />

1 Rating <strong>of</strong> 1 – 10, with 10 being highest.<br />

2 Scale <strong>of</strong> 0 – 10, with 10 being greatest resistance<br />

3 TMV = Tobacco Mosaic Virus; TVMV = Tobacco Vein Mottling Virus; TEV = Tobacco Etch Virus;<br />

all varieties susceptible to PVY<br />

* NC 2002 is blue mold resistant, but susceptible to black root rot and virus diseases. Recommended<br />

only in situations <strong>of</strong> severe blue mold where adequate chemical control is not feasible, black shank is<br />

not present and black root rot is not a problem..<br />

111


TURFGRASS<br />

112


COMMON TURF CARE QUESTIONS & ANSWERS<br />

Tom Samples and Jim Brosnan, <strong>Plant</strong> <strong>Sciences</strong> <strong>Department</strong>, University <strong>of</strong> Tennessee<br />

GENERAL<br />

Q. Why does managing turfs in TN seem so difficult<br />

A. Tennessee is located within a transitional zone between temperate and subtropical climates.<br />

Climatic conditions in this turfgrass “transition zone” may dramatically change from season to<br />

season and year to year. Climatic conditions and topography also vary across the state. Soils may<br />

contain large amounts <strong>of</strong> clay and compact very quickly.<br />

Q. How come some areas <strong>of</strong> my turf are denser and greener than others<br />

A. Most turfgrasses grow best in fertile, well-drained soils in open areas <strong>of</strong> a landscape receiving<br />

full sunlight. Problems result when turfs are managed in compacted, heavy clay soils in<br />

‘stagnant’ areas <strong>of</strong> the landscape receiving very little sunlight. As a result, warm-season<br />

turfgrasses, including bermudagrass and Zoysia (Zoysia japonica) are generally better adapted in<br />

West TN. Cool-season turfgrasses, such as tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea) and Kentucky<br />

bluegrass (Poa pratensis), are most commonly managed in lawns at higher elevations in East<br />

TN.<br />

SELECTING A TURFGRASS SPECIES AND VARIETY<br />

Q. Can I plant bermudagrass or Zoysia, or should I plant tall fescue or Kentucky bluegrass<br />

A. This answer depends on where the lawn is located. Tennessee measures 440 miles from east<br />

to west and ranges in elevation from 178 feet above sea level along the Mississippi River to<br />

6,643 feet above sea level at Clingman’s Dome in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park.<br />

The state can be divided into six main land regions.<br />

1. The Blue Ridge Region, on the eastern edge <strong>of</strong> TN adjacent to NC, is mountainous.<br />

This region averages 5,000 feet above sea level. The Great Smoky Mountains, Chilhowee<br />

Mountains and Snowbird Mountains are located in the Blue Ridge Region. Tall fescue and<br />

Kentucky bluegrass are usually the species <strong>of</strong> choice. Kentucky bluegrass <strong>of</strong>ten suffers severe<br />

drought stress during summer, and may require irrigation and more management (e.g., routine<br />

mowing, fertilization, dethatching and pest control) to survive. Tall fescue is usually much more<br />

drought tolerant than Kentucky bluegrass. Fine fescue seed blends are usually planted in areas <strong>of</strong><br />

the landscape in moderate (medium) shade. Although bermudagrass varieties with improved<br />

low-temperature hardiness are managed as sports fields in this region, the species is not usually<br />

recommended for home lawns. If a homeowner insists on planting a warm-season turfgrass,<br />

Zoysia is the warm-season species <strong>of</strong> choice. The variety ‘Meyer’ has excellent low-temperature<br />

tolerance.<br />

2. The Appalachian Ridge and Valley Region extends west from the Blue Ridge Region<br />

for more than 50 miles. This region features valleys surrounded by forested ridges. Valleys<br />

become broader and ridges are lower in the western-most section <strong>of</strong> this region known as the<br />

Great Valley. Tall fescue and Kentucky bluegrass are adapted in this region, although Kentucky<br />

bluegrass usually requires irrigation in the summer and a higher level <strong>of</strong> management than tall<br />

113


fescue. Like the Blue Ridge Region, fine fescue seed blends are usually planted in medium-shade<br />

areas <strong>of</strong> the landscape. Zoysia varieties with good low-temperature tolerance are adapted in the<br />

Appalachian Ridge and Valley Region. Bermudagrasses may not survive low-temperature<br />

extremes.<br />

3. The Cumberland Plateau lies west <strong>of</strong> the Appalachian Ridge and Valley Region. The<br />

flat-topped mountains in this region are usually 1,500 to 1,800 feet above sea level. Tall fescue is<br />

usually well adapted on the Cumberland Plateau. Kentucky bluegrass usually requires a higher<br />

level <strong>of</strong> management than tall fescue and performs best when irrigated during summer. Although<br />

the period <strong>of</strong> active plant growth is limited by low temperatures in fall, winter and early spring,<br />

Zoysia can also be maintained in this region. Bermudagrass on the mountains may suffer lowtemperature<br />

injury during winter. However, bermudagrass is managed in some lawns in the sharp<br />

valleys or basins within this region. Fine fescues are <strong>of</strong>ten planted in areas <strong>of</strong> the landscape in<br />

medium shade.<br />

4. Tall fescue is the major turf species in the Highland Rim Region, an elevated plain that<br />

surrounds the Nashville Basin Region. Kentucky bluegrass deserves consideration if irrigation is<br />

available and the homeowner is willing to provide a relatively high level <strong>of</strong> management (e.g.,<br />

frequent mowing, routine fertilization, and timely irrigation, dethatching and pest control).<br />

Zoysia is the preferred warm-season turfgrass species on the Highland Rim. Fine fescue seed<br />

blends are <strong>of</strong>ten suggested for planting areas in light to medium shade in the Highland Rim<br />

Region.<br />

5. Zoysia and low-temperature-tolerant bermudagrass varieties are adapted in full sun and<br />

usually grow well in rich, fertile soils <strong>of</strong> the Nashville Basin Region in central TN. Tall fescue is<br />

the preferred cool-season turfgrass species and is usually adapted in full sun and lightly shaded<br />

areas <strong>of</strong> the landscape. Kentucky bluegrass is seldom recommended unless the lawn will be<br />

irrigated to supplement rainfall in summer and the homeowner is willing to provide a relatively<br />

high level <strong>of</strong> management. 6. The Gulf Coastal Plain Region consists <strong>of</strong> three distinct sections.<br />

The hilly, eastern-most section, which is adjacent to the western edge <strong>of</strong> the Tennessee River, is<br />

about 10 miles wide. A second, larger section is referred to as the Tennessee Bottoms. The<br />

Tennessee Bottoms consist <strong>of</strong> rolling hills and streams. This section extends to Memphis where<br />

it ends as cliffs bordering the Mississippi River. The third section, or Delta Region, is an area <strong>of</strong><br />

lowlands. Although Zoysia is well adapted in the Gulf Coastal Plain Region, bermudagrass is the<br />

major turfgrass species. Tall fescue is <strong>of</strong>ten planted in lightly shaded areas <strong>of</strong> a landscape in the<br />

Gulf Coastal Plain Region.<br />

Q. Where can I find information about the best turfgrass varieties to plant in TN<br />

A. To find current information regarding the newest turfgrass varieties please visit the National<br />

Turfgrass Evaluation Program (NTEP) website, http://www.ntep.org The performance <strong>of</strong><br />

individual named and experimental cultivars (varieties) is reported by turfgrass species. For<br />

example, from 2001 to 2005, 160 varieties were evaluated in 26 states during the 2001 NTEP<br />

Tall Fescue Test. The 42 varieties entered in the 2002 NTEP Bermudagrass Test are being<br />

evaluated in 18 states. Twenty varieties entered in the 2002 NTEP Zoysia Test are being<br />

evaluated in 16 states. Each test database can be partitioned to monitor the performance <strong>of</strong> an<br />

individual variety by region. For example, Tennesseans are most <strong>of</strong>ten more interested in the<br />

performance <strong>of</strong> a particular variety in transition zone locations rather than sites throughout the<br />

114


northwestern U. S. The 2005 NTEP Kentucky Bluegrass Test and 2006 NTEP Tall Fescue Test<br />

are being conducted here at the University <strong>of</strong> Tennessee. Many garden center owners and<br />

managers choose and sell seeds <strong>of</strong> varieties from several vendors based on NTEP test results.<br />

Preparing to <strong>Plant</strong><br />

ESTABLISHING TURF<br />

Q. Will stones cause problems if I don’t remove them from the soil surface before planting<br />

A. Shallowly rooted turfgrasses growing above large stones and other obstacles that restrict<br />

rooting <strong>of</strong>ten turn yellow or brown during hot, dry weather and may die due to a lack <strong>of</strong> water.<br />

As a general rule, stones, construction debris and other obstacles 2 or more inches in diameter<br />

located within 4 inches <strong>of</strong> the soil surface should be removed before planting.<br />

Q. What is a starter fertilizer<br />

A. A starter fertilizer most <strong>of</strong>ten contains less nitrogen and more phosphorus than a fertilizer<br />

formulated for established turfs. For example, fertilizers with a 1:2:2, 1:2:1, 1:3:2 or 1:4:2<br />

nitrogen (N): phosphate (P 2 O 5 ): potash (K 2 O) ratio are <strong>of</strong>ten referred to as starter fertilizers.<br />

Q. If I apply a herbicide to control weeds before I till the soil and plant seeds, will the<br />

herbicide injure turfgrass seedlings<br />

A. Always refer to the product label to determine what turfgrass species the herbicide can be<br />

applied to and the time interval from application to seeding necessary to prevent the herbicide<br />

from injuring turfgrass seedlings.<br />

Time Interval from Preemergence Herbicide Application to Seeding.<br />

Delay After<br />

Delay After<br />

Herbicide Application Herbicide Application<br />

Balan ® 6 to 16 weeks 2,4-D 4 weeks<br />

Barricade ® 4 months Banvel ® 4 weeks<br />

Betasan ® 4 months Drive ® none<br />

Dimension ® 3 months MCPP 4 weeks<br />

Pendulum ® 3 months Roundup ® 3 days<br />

Surflan ®<br />

90 to 120 days<br />

Tupersan ® none<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________<br />

Seeds<br />

Q. How many pounds <strong>of</strong> seed should I buy to plant my turf<br />

A. The recommended planting rate for each turfgrass species depends on seed size. Smallseeded<br />

species such as Kentucky bluegrass and bermudagrass require a lower planting rate than<br />

turfgrasses, such as tall fescue and perennial ryegrass that produce relatively large seeds. The<br />

115


ecommended planting rates in pounds per 1,000 square feet for cool-season turfgrasses are:<br />

Kentucky bluegrass, 1½ - 2; chewings, red and sheep fescues, 3 - 5; perennial ryegrass, 4 - 6; and<br />

tall fescue, 5 - 8. Recommended seeding rates <strong>of</strong> warm-season turfgrasses in pounds per 1,000<br />

square feet are: bermudagrass (hulled), ½ - 1; bermudagrass (unhulled/non-processed), 1 - 2; and<br />

centipedegrass and Zoysia, ½ to 3.<br />

Q. Should I mulch with straw after planting seeds<br />

A. Mulching a newly seeded lawn with straw usually helps prevent soil erosion, conserves<br />

moisture and protects emerging turfgrass seedlings from extreme high and low temperatures.<br />

Purchase quality mulching straw that contains little, if any, weed seeds. One forty-pound bale <strong>of</strong><br />

mulching straw should cover about 800 square feet. At this mulching rate, about 50 percent <strong>of</strong><br />

the soil surface will be covered with straw, and 50 percent <strong>of</strong> the soil surface will be visible and<br />

receive direct sunlight.<br />

Q. Is there a way to plant turfgrass seeds on slopes too steep to use a conventional drill or<br />

planter<br />

A. Sites with limited access or unsuitable for planting by conventional means may be<br />

hydroseeded. Hydraulic-mulch-seeding, or hydroseeding, is a process in which a slurry <strong>of</strong><br />

turfgrass seeds, mulch, and sometimes fertilizer, dye and a tackifying agent, is pumped from a<br />

portable tank and sprayed over soil. The mulch, <strong>of</strong>ten referred to as hydromulch, helps conserve<br />

moisture and reduce erosion.<br />

Q. How can I make sure turfgrass seeds stay on a severely sloped bank after I plant<br />

A. A short-term or biodegradable, erosion-control blanket may be very helpful. Depending on<br />

moisture, light and weather, straw-fiber blankets secured with staples <strong>of</strong>ten stabilize soil on<br />

slopes with a 3:1 h:v gradient for up to 12 months. Straw blankets may be sewn together with<br />

plastic line (e.g., on 1½ -inch centers) and rolled in 8 ft. or 16 ft. by 100 ft. rolls before being<br />

shrink-wrapped. When erosion control is required for an extended period <strong>of</strong> time (e.g. up to 24<br />

months), or when slopes are more severe (e.g., up to 1.5:1 h:v), coconut fibers may be mixed<br />

with straw fibers and the mat may be double-sewn. Aspen is <strong>of</strong>ten the tree species used to<br />

produce the finely shaved, curly and interlocking fibers in excelsior blankets.<br />

Sod<br />

Q. How is sod sold in TN<br />

A. Sod is harvested and transported as flat or rolled blocks (pads), or as large rolls. One pallet<br />

usually holds about 50 square yards <strong>of</strong> sod pads and weighs 2,000 pounds or more. Individual<br />

pads are <strong>of</strong>ten 16 inches wide by 24 or more inches long. Big-roll sod is most <strong>of</strong>ten harvested in<br />

rolls 24, 30 or 48 inches wide and up to 100 feet long. Some equipment manufacturers sell sod<br />

harvesters that simultaneously cut two large rolls, each 21 or 24 inches in width. Motorized, allterrain<br />

installers with a load capacity <strong>of</strong> at least 2,500 pounds are <strong>of</strong>ten used to plant big-roll sod.<br />

Q. How much soil comes with turfgrass sod<br />

A. Less soil is shipped with turfgrasses having strong, above- (stolons) or below-ground<br />

116


(rhizomes) runners compared to those with a bunch-type growth habit. For example, tall fescue<br />

or tall fescue + Kentucky bluegrass sod may contain more than 5/8 inch <strong>of</strong> soil, while the<br />

average depth <strong>of</strong> soil shipped with centipedegrass, hybrid bermudagrass and Zoysia may be less<br />

than ½ inch.<br />

Q. When is the best time <strong>of</strong> year to install sod<br />

A. In TN, sod may be installed throughout the year, as long as the soil is properly prepared and is<br />

not frozen Although sod <strong>of</strong> warm-season turfgrasses such as bermudagrass and Zoysia is<br />

installed in winter, when plants are dormant, a newly sodded lawn should not be heavily<br />

trafficked until plants in sod pads are well rooted and the lawn has been mowed several times. In<br />

summer, sod producers may not harvest or ship sod <strong>of</strong> cool-season turfgrasses (e.g., tall fescue<br />

and Kentucky bluegrass) during extended periods <strong>of</strong> hot and dry weather.<br />

Q. How soon after harvest must sod be planted<br />

A. Generally, to reduce plant injury due to extreme high temperatures and dehydration, sod<br />

should be installed within 24 to 48 hr. <strong>of</strong> harvest. When slabs <strong>of</strong> sod that have been on the pallet<br />

too long are installed, plants receiving light during transport <strong>of</strong>ten grow well, while plants in<br />

shaded slabs exposed to extremely high temperatures <strong>of</strong>ten die. Temperatures near the center <strong>of</strong> a<br />

pallet <strong>of</strong> sod pads or a big roll can quickly rise to more than 120 o F.<br />

Plugs<br />

Q. What turfgrasses can be plugged<br />

A. Any turfgrass species that produces above- (stolons) or below-ground (rhizomes) runners can<br />

be plugged. Due, in part, to the expense <strong>of</strong> sod, Zoysia is probably the species most <strong>of</strong>ten<br />

established by plugging in Tennessee. One square yard <strong>of</strong> sod yields more than three hundred 2-<br />

inch by 2-inch plugs.<br />

Sprigs<br />

Q. What is a sprig<br />

A. A sprig is a section <strong>of</strong> turfgrass stem that is cut from a rhizome or stolon. When properly<br />

harvested, transplanted and maintained, nodes on a sprig are capable <strong>of</strong> producing leaves and<br />

roots. Sprigs are most <strong>of</strong>ten sold by the bushel. Generally, one square yard <strong>of</strong> hybrid<br />

bermudagrass sod usually produces one GA bushel <strong>of</strong> sprigs. A Texas (TX) bushel is based on<br />

the U. S. customary measurement system where one bushel <strong>of</strong> harvested sprigs is 2,150 cubic<br />

inches or 1.24 cubic feet in volume, about three times greater than a GA bushel.<br />

Care after <strong>Plant</strong>ing<br />

Q. What is the best way to water a newly seeded turf<br />

A. Germination begins as turfgrass seeds absorb water from the soil. A key to successfully<br />

establishing turf from seed is to maintain moist soil in close proximity to seeds as seedling roots,<br />

or radicles, penetrate the seed coat and grow into soil, helping anchor the seedlings. To<br />

117


accomplish this, it may be necessary to irrigate lightly several times each day (e.g., one-sixteenth<br />

inch three times daily) for three or more weeks after planting. As turfgrass plants mature, and<br />

roots extend well below the soil surface, more water can be applied less <strong>of</strong>ten (e.g., one-half inch<br />

<strong>of</strong> water every three days).<br />

Q. How tall should I let the turfgrass plants get before I mow the first time<br />

A. Generally, turfgrasses should be mowed when the average plant height reaches 1.5 times the<br />

intended cutting height. For example, if you intend to mow tall fescue at a height <strong>of</strong> 2 inches,<br />

mow when plants average a height <strong>of</strong> three inches. Similarly, if you plant bermudagrass and<br />

intend to mow the turf at a height <strong>of</strong> one inch, mow when plants average a height <strong>of</strong> one-andone-half<br />

inches.<br />

Q. How soon after I plant seed, can I apply a herbicide to control weeds<br />

A. Always read and follow directions on the product label. Mature turfgrass plants are <strong>of</strong>ten<br />

more tolerant <strong>of</strong> herbicides than developing seedlings with limited root systems. For example,<br />

the herbicide Cool Power ® (Riverdale ® , NuFarm Americas Inc.), containing MCPA, triclopyr<br />

and dicamba, is labeled for use in bermudagrass, bluegrass, fescue, ryegrass and Zoysia turfs.<br />

The Cool Power ® label states: “Do not apply to newly seeded turfgrasses until well established.”<br />

Similarly, Gordon’s Trimec ® Classic Brand Herbicide, containing 2,4-D, MCPP and dicamba, is<br />

labeled for use in bermudagrass, centipedegrass, fescue, Kentucky bluegrass, perennial ryegrass,<br />

St. Augustinegrass, and Zoysia. This product should not be applied to newly seeded turf “until<br />

after the second or third mowing.”<br />

Mowing<br />

TURF MAINTENANCE<br />

Q. At what cutting height should I set my mower<br />

A. Sod-forming turfgrasses such as bermudagrass, Kentucky bluegrass and Zoysia can be<br />

maintained at a slightly lower height <strong>of</strong> cut than tall fescue, which has a bunch-type growth<br />

habit. Suggested home lawn cutting heights <strong>of</strong> warm-season turfgrasses are: centipedegrass,<br />

common bermudagrass and Zoysia, 1 - 2 inches; hybrid bermudagrass, 3/4-2 inches; and St.<br />

Augustinegrass, 1½-3 inches. Suggested cutting heights <strong>of</strong> cool-season turfgrasses are: Kentucky<br />

bluegrass and perennial ryegrass, 1-2 inches; and ‘improved, turf-type tall fescue, 2 to 3 inches.<br />

Raising the cutting height <strong>of</strong> cool-season turfgrasses ½ inch or more before the high-temperature<br />

and drought stresses <strong>of</strong> summer may help insulate the soil against extreme high temperatures and<br />

increase the depth <strong>of</strong> turfgrass roots. Similarly, to improve the cold tolerance <strong>of</strong> warm-season<br />

turfgrasses, raise the cutting height ½ inch or more before winter dormancy.<br />

Q. Should I collect the grass clippings<br />

A. Not necessarily. Research has demonstrated that returning small grass clippings to turfs can<br />

be beneficial. In addition to water, clippings contain sixteen nutrients considered essential for<br />

turfgrass survival and reproduction. If turf is mown <strong>of</strong>ten, and no more than one-third <strong>of</strong> the<br />

aerial shoots are removed at one time, clippings do not usually contribute much to the thatch<br />

layer.<br />

118


Q. Roots <strong>of</strong> turfgrasses in my turf are very shallow. What can I do to improve the rooting<br />

depth<br />

A. Mow <strong>of</strong>ten at a height <strong>of</strong> cut recommended for the turfgrass species being maintained. For<br />

example, tall fescue lawns are usually mowed from 2 to 3 ½ inches; bermudagrass and Zoysia<br />

lawns, from 1 to 2 inches. Many new self-propelled and walk-behind mowers can quickly be<br />

converted from clipping mulching mode to clipping discharge mode. Today’s riding mowers are<br />

engineered with precision cutting, ease <strong>of</strong> operation and operator safety in mind. Some <strong>of</strong>fer<br />

zero-turn technology. Do not remove more than one-third <strong>of</strong> the aerial shoots when mowing.<br />

Q. What should I do to prepare my tall fescue turf for summer and winter<br />

A. Prepare turfgrasses for high and low temperature extremes by increasing the cutting height at<br />

least 1/4 inch in late spring and again in late fall. More foliage above the soil surface results in<br />

greater insulation from high and low temperatures, and may promote deeper rooting. Some<br />

manufacturers produce fertilizers containing a high level <strong>of</strong> potassium intended to ‘winterize’<br />

turfgrass plants when applied in late summer or early fall..<br />

Fertilizing and Liming<br />

Q. When I fertilize, the grasses seem to grow too quickly. How can I have healthy turf without<br />

having to mow so many times each week<br />

A. Use controlled-release, nitrogen-containing fertilizers when trying to avoid fertilizer burn and<br />

excessive turfgrass growth. Controlled- or extended-release fertilizers may contain urea<br />

formaldehyde (UF), methylene ureas (MU’s), sulfur-coated urea (SCU), polymer-coated urea<br />

(PCU) or polymer-coated-sulfur-coated urea (PCSCU). When using quick-release sources <strong>of</strong><br />

nitrogen such as ammonium nitrate, ammonium sulfate and urea, do not apply more than one<br />

pound <strong>of</strong> nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.<br />

Q. When is the best time <strong>of</strong> year to fertilize turf<br />

A. In Tennessee, seasonal fertilization works best. Bermudagrass and Zoysia should be fertilized<br />

from late spring through early fall, when plants are actively growing. However, fertilizing these<br />

warm-season turfgrasses with too much nitrogen late in the growing season (e.g., October or<br />

November) can result in greater sensitivity to, and injury from, low temperatures. The fescues<br />

and Kentucky bluegrass are cool-season turfgrasses. These species respond best when fertilized<br />

in late winter, early spring and fall. Cool-season turfgrasses receiving too much nitrogen in late<br />

spring and summer are <strong>of</strong>ten disease prone and very sensitive to high temperature and drought<br />

stresses during summer.<br />

Q. Is moss an indication that I need to apply lime<br />

A. Not necessarily. Apply lime according to soil test recommendations. The presence <strong>of</strong> moss<br />

usually indicates that turfgrasses are not growing very well. Moss may be growing better than<br />

turfgrasses due to compacted soil, shade, poor soil fertility or drainage, and restricted air<br />

movement.<br />

119


Q. How long does it take for pelletized lime to dissolve<br />

A. When using a rotary spreader, pelletized limestone is much easier to uniformly broadcast than<br />

pulverized limestone. Although, at first glance, lime pellets may appear to be very hard, they<br />

actually dissolve very quickly. Pellets, or granules, are manufactured from calcitic or dolomite<br />

limestone that has been micro-ground to a flour-like powder. During the granulating process, this<br />

lime powder is granulated into fertilizer-sized, moisture-dissolvable pellets. The micro-sized<br />

particles that make up the pellets dissolve quickly once they contact water.<br />

Irrigating<br />

Q. How much water should be applied each time the turf is watered<br />

A. In TN, it is <strong>of</strong>ten necessary to water turf from May through October, when rainfall amounts<br />

do not meet the water use requirement (ET or evapotranspiration) <strong>of</strong> turfgrasses. Actively<br />

growing turfgrass plants usually require from 0.1 to 0.3 inch <strong>of</strong> water daily. Hopefully, it will not<br />

be necessary to water turf more than two or three times each week with 0.3 to 0.5 inch <strong>of</strong> water<br />

each time..<br />

Q. How many gallons <strong>of</strong> water should I apply to actively growing turf each week<br />

A. Turfgrasses <strong>of</strong>ten use one inch <strong>of</strong> water or more per week during favorable weather. Sixhundred-twenty<br />

gallons per 1,000 square feet equals about one inch <strong>of</strong> water. One acre-inch <strong>of</strong><br />

water equals about 27,150 gallons.<br />

Q. What is the best time <strong>of</strong> day to irrigate<br />

A. Several fungal pathogens move from infected turfgrass plants to healthy plants by way <strong>of</strong><br />

water. To limit the amount <strong>of</strong> water lost to evaporation and the amount <strong>of</strong> time leaves remain<br />

moist, irrigate turf in the morning (e.g., from 5:00 am to 11:00 am).<br />

Removing Thatch<br />

Q. What is thatch<br />

A. Thatch is a tightly intermingled layer <strong>of</strong> living and dead turfgrass leaves, stems and roots<br />

located on the soil surface. As long as the layer is not too thick, thatch can increase the<br />

resilience <strong>of</strong> a turf to heavy traffic. Thatch usually develops more quickly in turfs managed in<br />

fertile soils at a relatively high intensity level than in turfs receiving less fertilizer and maintained<br />

at a low level <strong>of</strong> intensity.<br />

Q. When should turf be dethatched<br />

A. Dethatch when the thatch layer measures ½ inch or more in thickness. Too much thatch<br />

results in weak and weedy turf. Walk-behind power rakes and vertical mowers are designed to<br />

lift thatch and deposit it on the turf surface. Warm-season turfgrasses are <strong>of</strong>ten dethatched in<br />

June or July, when plants are actively growing. Cool-season turfgrasses are usually dethatched in<br />

spring (before applying a preemergence herbicide for crabgrass control) or fall. Dethatching<br />

before broadcasting seeds temporarily exposes soil and improves seed-to-soil contact.<br />

120


Aerifying<br />

Q. What is a core aerifier<br />

A. Core aerifiers are machines designed to remove small plugs <strong>of</strong> plants and soil as they move<br />

across the turf. Turfs are aerified to loosen hard soils and improve turfgrass rooting. The<br />

channels that form as turf is cored improve the flow <strong>of</strong> oxygen into the soil and carbon dioxide<br />

from the soil. Water generally moves more rapidly from the surface <strong>of</strong> a turf that has recently<br />

been aerified compared to a turf in need <strong>of</strong> coring.<br />

Q. How <strong>of</strong>ten should turf be aerified<br />

A. Since core aerification ‘selectively’ cultivates soils, and less than 10 percent <strong>of</strong> the soil<br />

surface is usually impacted when turf is cored, turfgrass plants growing in heavily compacted<br />

soils may benefit from core aerification each year.<br />

Q. When is the best time to aerate turf<br />

A. Turf in need <strong>of</strong> core aerification should be aerified when weather favors the growth <strong>of</strong><br />

turfgrasses. For example, cool-season turfgrasses such as tall fescue and Kentucky bluegrass are<br />

most <strong>of</strong>ten aerified in the spring, before applying a crabgrass preventer, or in the fall, well before<br />

the first frost. Late spring and early summer is an excellent time to aerify warm-season<br />

turfgrasses including bermudagrass and Zoysia.<br />

Topdressing<br />

Q. How can I level my turf<br />

A. A thin (e.g., 1/8 to 1/4 inch) layer <strong>of</strong> mature compost or mixture <strong>of</strong> mature compost and soil<br />

may be broadcast over turf (topdressed) after coring to level the soil surface and improve the<br />

root-zone. The topdressing material can be worked into turf using a drag mat or brush.<br />

Topdressing organic matter after coring can stimulate biological activity in the underlying soil,<br />

improving the turfgrass rooting environment. Nutrients in the topdressing material <strong>of</strong>ten promote<br />

plant growth and improve color. Four-tenths <strong>of</strong> a cubic yard <strong>of</strong> topdressing material is required to<br />

create a topdressing layer 1/8 inch deep per 1,000 sq. ft. Deep or severe undulations may be<br />

corrected by 1) lifting sod using a walk-behind sod cutter; 2) adding soil similar in texture to that<br />

<strong>of</strong> the soil on site; and 3) re-installing the sod.<br />

TURF RENOVATION<br />

Q. What can be done when the weeds outnumber the desirable turfgrass plants<br />

A. Rather than starting over from bare ground, a lawn can usually be successfully renovated if<br />

turfgrasses make up 50 percent or more <strong>of</strong> the existing groundcover. A ten-step guide for<br />

renovating fescue or Kentucky bluegrass lawns beginning in August follows.<br />

August<br />

1. Prepare and submit a soil sample for testing several weeks before the scheduled interseeding.<br />

121


September<br />

2. Mow, then aerify the lawn using a tractor-drawn or walk-behind core aerifier. Don’t be<br />

afraid to make two or more passes in several directions.<br />

3. After aeration cores have air-dried (e.g., a few days after core aerifying), drag the lawn<br />

with a chain drag or drag mat to shatter the cores and mix soil with thatch.<br />

4. Mow, then broadcast or plant seeds using a slit- or aero-seeder. Bluegrasses and<br />

fescues seeded in September are usually well developed before they begin to experience high<br />

temperature and drought stresses in summer. Kentucky bluegrass and tall fescue seedlings should<br />

adapt in areas <strong>of</strong> the lawn receiving full sun or in light, open shade. A mixture <strong>of</strong> tall and fine<br />

fescues (for example, 60 percent tall fescue + 40 percent creeping red fescue) is recommended in<br />

areas receiving limited light (for example, 30 to 50 percent <strong>of</strong> full sunlight). Fine fescues<br />

including creeping red and hard fescues are usually much more tolerant <strong>of</strong> shade than Kentucky<br />

bluegrass and tall fescue. However, due to poor high temperature tolerance, they do not usually<br />

perform very well in full sun. Three to four pounds <strong>of</strong> fescue seeds or 1 pound <strong>of</strong> Kentucky<br />

bluegrass seeds per 1,000 square feet are <strong>of</strong>ten required to improve the stand density <strong>of</strong> a weak<br />

lawn.<br />

5. After inter-seeding, drag the lawn with a chain drag or drag mat to improve seed<br />

contact with soil.<br />

6. Apply a fertilizer and limestone according to soil test recommendations after interseeding<br />

and dragging. A starter fertilizer may be recommended if the soil test reveals low levels<br />

<strong>of</strong> phosphorus and potassium in the soil. A starter fertilizer (i.e. 12-24-24) contains more<br />

phosphorus and potassium, and less nitrogen, than a fertilizer (i.e. 20-10-10) formulated to meet<br />

the nutritional requirements <strong>of</strong> an existing lawn. Do not apply more than 1 pound <strong>of</strong> watersoluble,<br />

quick-release nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. For example, 375 pounds <strong>of</strong> 12-24-24<br />

fertilizer per acre or 8 pounds <strong>of</strong> 12-24-24 fertilizer per 1,000 square feet will supply about 1<br />

pound <strong>of</strong> nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.<br />

7. Uniformly and lightly broadcast straw mulch over areas <strong>of</strong> the lawn with less than 25<br />

percent existing ground coverage. One fifty pound bale should cover 1,000 square feet.<br />

8. Mow the lawn <strong>of</strong>ten using a mower with sharp blade(s).<br />

October<br />

9. Fertilize again, 5 to 6 weeks after seedlings emerge from the soil. For example, 2<br />

pounds <strong>of</strong> urea per 1,000 square feet or 100 pounds <strong>of</strong> urea (46-0-0) per acre will supply about 1<br />

pound <strong>of</strong> nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.<br />

Late November or Early December<br />

10. In late fall, a herbicide (e.g., 2,4-D, dicamba and/or MCPP) may be applied to<br />

established Kentucky bluegrass, tall fescue and fine fescue lawns to control emerged broadleaf<br />

weeds such as common chickweed, henbit and purple deadnettle.<br />

WEED CONTROL<br />

Q. My turf looks good until summer, when crabgrass seems to take over. What is the best way<br />

to control crabgrass<br />

A. In addition to water, crabgrass seeds require light to germinate. The best defense against<br />

crabgrass is a dense, actively growing turf. An adjustment in the overall turf management<br />

122


program may be in order. Several herbicides effectively control crabgrass when applied before<br />

(preemergence) crabgrass seeds begin germinating and seedlings emerge from soil. Benefin<br />

(Balan ® ), bensulide (Betasan ® ), dithiopyr (Dimension ® ), oryzalin (Surflan ® ), pendimethalin<br />

(Pendulum ® ), prodiamine (Barricade ® ) and siduron (Tupersan ® ) are examples <strong>of</strong> preemergence<br />

herbicides commonly applied to turfs in late winter or early spring, before seeds <strong>of</strong> summer<br />

annual grassy weeds including crabgrass begin to germinate. Many <strong>of</strong> these herbicides are<br />

marketed in combination with granular fertilizer. Tolerance to preemergence herbicides varies<br />

among turfgrass species.<br />

______________________________________________________________________________<br />

Tolerance <strong>of</strong> Several Turfgrass Species to Preemergence Herbicides.<br />

Turfgrass Species 1<br />

Herbicide KBlue TFes FFes PRye Ber Cent Zoy<br />

atrazine (Atrazine ® ) NR 2 NR NR NR TD T T<br />

benefin (Balan ® ) T T T T T T T<br />

bensulide (Bensumec ® ) T T T T T T T<br />

dithiopyr (Dimension ® ) T T S* T T T T<br />

isoxaben (Gallery ® ) T T T T T T T<br />

metolachlor (Pennant ® ) NR NR NR NR T T T<br />

napropamide (Devrinol ® ) NR T T NR T T NR<br />

oryzalin (Surflan ® ) NR NR NR NR T T T<br />

pendimenthalin (Pendulum ® ) T T T T T T T<br />

prodiamine (Kerb ® ) T T T T T T T<br />

siduron (Tupersan ® ) T T T T NR NR T<br />

simazine (Princep ® ) NR NR NR NR T T T<br />

______________________________________________________________________________<br />

1 KBlue = Kentucky bluegrass; TFes = tall fescue; FFes = fine fescues; PRye = perennial<br />

ryegrass; Ber = bermudagrass; Cent = centipedegrass and Zoy = Zoysia.<br />

2<br />

Key to Tolerance Codes; NR = Not Registered; T = tolerant; TD = Tolerant when dormant; S =<br />

can be applied but with special use precautions; S* = dithiopyr cannot be applied to creeping red<br />

fescue.<br />

______________________________________________________________________________<br />

123


______________________________________________________________________________<br />

Susceptibility <strong>of</strong> Several Annual Grassy Weed Species to Preemergence Herbicides.<br />

Weed Species<br />

Herbicide<br />

Atrazine Benefin Bensulide Dithiopyr Metolachlor Napropamide Oryzalin Pendimethalin<br />

Bluegrass, annual E 1 G E E G G E E<br />

Crabgrass F G E E G E E E<br />

Goosegrass G P P E E G E E<br />

______________________________________________________________________________<br />

1 Weed Susceptibility Codes: E = Excellent (90 to 100%); G = Good (80 to 90%); F = Fair (70 to<br />

80%); P = Poor (less than 70%). For a specific target weed, choose an appropriate herbicide that<br />

provides excellent (E) to good (G) control. Fair (F) to poor (P) control <strong>of</strong> additional weeds<br />

should be considered as added benefits in addition to control <strong>of</strong> specific target weeds. Ratings are<br />

based on optimum application timing and most susceptible stage <strong>of</strong> weed growth.<br />

Q. Why is my turf weedy even though I applied a granular, weed and feed product last year<br />

that was supposed to control broadleaf weeds including dandelions and ground ivy<br />

A. Postemergence herbicides do not usually provide complete (100 percent) control <strong>of</strong> all<br />

broadleaf weeds when applied to turf. For example, 2, 4-D will control broadleaf weeds<br />

including dandelion, lambsquarters, mustards, peppergrass, pigweeds, plantains and shepherd's<br />

purse. Mecoprop will control many 2, 4-D-tolerant species such as chickweeds, clovers, ground<br />

ivy and black medic. Dicamba will control broadleaf weed species including 2, 4-D-tolerant<br />

weeds such as chickweeds, clover and young knotweed but will not adequately control plantain.<br />

These herbicides are generally more effective when sprayed as a herbicide solution over<br />

turf compared to a granular, weed and feed treatment. Mature, perennial broadleaf weeds such as<br />

ground ivy are usually much more difficult to control than young, annual broadleaf weeds such<br />

as common chickweed, henbit and purple deadnettle. For best results, always follow label<br />

directions when applying herbicide-containing products. For example, the label on the bag <strong>of</strong><br />

Best ® Turf Supreme Weed and Feed instructs: “Mow lawn to normal height 1 to 2 days before<br />

application;” “Water lawn thoroughly at least 1 day before application to sustain moisture until<br />

next watering;” “Apply when weeds are young and actively growing, preferably in the morning<br />

when dew is on the grass;” “If grass is not moist at the time <strong>of</strong> application, sprinkle lightly with<br />

water to allow the granules to adhere and to remain on the leaf surface <strong>of</strong> the weeds;” “Do not<br />

irrigate or sprinkle for 1 to 2 days after application;” and “Irrigate, sprinkle or water the lawn<br />

thoroughly at 2 to 3 days after application.” Tolerance to postemergence herbicides varies among<br />

turfgrass species.<br />

Other possibilities regarding a lack <strong>of</strong> weed control following application include:<br />

1. Spreader not properly calibrated;<br />

2. Non-uniform or uneven broadcast application;<br />

3. Lack <strong>of</strong> herbicide uptake due to climatic stress (weeds inactive); and<br />

4. Target weed species mis-identified.<br />

124


______________________________________________________________________________<br />

Tolerance <strong>of</strong> Several Turfgrass Species to Postemergence Herbicides<br />

Turfgrass Species 1<br />

Herbicide KBlue TFes FFes PRye Ber Cent Zoy<br />

atrazine (Atrazine ® ) NR 2 NR NR NR TD T T<br />

bentazon + atrazine (Prompt ® ) NR NR NR NR T T T<br />

bentazon (Basagran ® ) T T T T T T T<br />

carfentrazone (Quicksilver ® ) T T T T T T T<br />

chlorsulfuron (Corsair ® ) T NR T NR T T T<br />

fluazifop (Fusilade ® II) NR S NR NR NR NR S<br />

fluroxypyr (Spotlight ® ) T T T T S T T<br />

fenoxaprop (Acclaim ® ) T T T T NR NR T<br />

foramsulfuron (Revolver ® ) NR NR NR NR T NR T<br />

glyphosate (Roundup ® Pro) NR NR NR NR TD NR NR<br />

halosulfuron (Sedgehammer ® ) T T T T T T T<br />

imazaquin (Image ® ) NR NR NR NR S S S<br />

metribuzin (Sencor ® ) NR NR NR NR S NR NR<br />

metsulfuron (Manor ® ) S NR S NR T T T<br />

pronamide (Kerb ® ) NR NR NR NR T NT T<br />

quinclorac (Drive ® ) T T S T T NR T<br />

sethoxydim (Vantage ® ) NR NR S NR NR S R<br />

simazine (Princep ® ) NR NR NR NR T T T<br />

sulfosulfuron (Certainty ® ) NR NR NR NR T T T<br />

trifloxysulfuron (Monument ® ) NR NR NR NR T NR T<br />

2, 4-D (Several) T T T T T S T<br />

MCPP (Mecoprop ® ) T T T T T T T<br />

dicamba (Banvel ® ) T T T T T S T<br />

2, 4-D + MCPP + dicamba (Several) T T T T S S S<br />

MSMA/DSMA (Several) S S S T T NR S<br />

MSMA + 2, 4-D +<br />

MCPP + dicamba (Trimec ® Plus) S S NR NR S NR S<br />

______________________________________________________________________________<br />

1 KBlue = Kentucky bluegrass; TFes = tall fescue; FFes = fine fescues; PRye = perennial<br />

ryegrass; Ber = bermudagrass; Cent = centipedegrass and Zoy = Zoysia.<br />

2<br />

Key to Tolerance Codes; NR = Not Registered; T = tolerant; TD = Tolerant when dormant; S =<br />

can be applied but with special use precautions; S* = dithiopyr cannot be applied to creeping red<br />

fescue.<br />

125


Turfgrass Troubleshooting Guide<br />

Client Name __________________________________ Date _________________________<br />

Address _____________________________________________________________________<br />

Problem Description ___________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________<br />

N<br />

Slope _____ No _____ Yes Facing W E<br />

S<br />

Shade _____ No _____ Yes Shade Level: 0-9 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 >50 %<br />

Moving Shade _____ No _____ Yes _____ AM _____ PM<br />

Algae _____ No _____ Yes Moss _____ No _____ Yes<br />

Air Movement 10----------------------------------------------------------------------------0<br />

Open, No Restriction<br />

Severely Restricted<br />

Soil Texture 10--------------------------------------5-------------------------------------0<br />

Sand Loam Clay<br />

Surface Water Flow 10--------------------------------------5-------------------------------------0<br />

Very Good Fair Very Poor<br />

Internal Water Drainage 10--------------------------------------5-------------------------------------0<br />

Very Good Fair Very Poor<br />

Soil Surface 10--------------------------------------5-------------------------------------0<br />

S<strong>of</strong>t Firm Compacted<br />

Weather Conditions - Past Seven Days (Average)<br />

Daytime Air Temperature 10--------------------------------------5-------------------------------------0<br />

Hot Warm Cold<br />

126


Nighttime Air Temperature 10--------------------------------------5-------------------------------------0<br />

Hot Warm Cold<br />

Cloud Cover 10--------------------------------------5-------------------------------------0<br />

Sunny Partly Cloudy Overcast<br />

Rainfall Amount _______ Inch(es)<br />

Newly Seeded _____ No _____ Yes Newly Sodded _____ No _____ Yes<br />

Overall Turfgrass Groundcover ______________ %<br />

Turfgrass Species<br />

_______ Bermudagrass _______ Centipedegrass _______ St. Augustinegrass<br />

_______ Zoysia _______ Fineleaf Fescues _______ Kentucky Bluegrass<br />

_______ Perennial Ryegrass _______ Tall Fescue<br />

_______ Other<br />

Mowing Height _______ Inch(es)<br />

Cut Edge <strong>of</strong> Leaf 10-----------------------------------------------------------------------------0<br />

Sharp<br />

Jagged/Torn/Damaged<br />

Annual Fertilizer Application 1X 2X 3X 4X >5X<br />

Most Recent Fertilization Date __________________________________________________<br />

Product ________________________________________________________________<br />

Most Recent Lime Application<br />

Date ________________<br />

_____ Pelletized_____ Pulverized<br />

Irrigation _______ No _______ Yes 1X 2X 3X >3X Weekly<br />

Amount <strong>of</strong> Irrigation Water Applied Weekly _______ Inch(es)<br />

Rooting Depth _______ Inch(es)<br />

Root Color 10------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0<br />

Bright White<br />

Dull Brown<br />

127


Root Mass 10-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0<br />

Dense<br />

Sparse<br />

Thatch Layer _______ Inch(es)<br />

Insect Damage ______ No _____ Yes _______ Aboveground<br />

_______ Belowground<br />

_______ Armyworm _______ Chinch Bug _______ Fall Armyworm<br />

_______ Sod Webworm _______ White Grubs _______ Other(s)<br />

Insecticide Applied _____ No _____ Yes Application Date _________________<br />

Product _____________________________________________________________________<br />

Disease<br />

_______ Disease Symptoms Scattered Throughout the Turf<br />

_______ Patches <strong>of</strong> Diseased Turf<br />

_______ Spots/Lesions on Leaves<br />

_______ Large Circles Outlined by a Band <strong>of</strong> Dark Green or Dead Grass<br />

Fungal Mycelium Visible _______ No<br />

_______ Yes<br />

Fungicide Applied _____ No _____ Yes Application Date __________________<br />

Product _____________________________________________________________________<br />

Weeds<br />

Weed Grasses _______ Annual Bluegrass _______ Crabgrass<br />

_______ Dallisgrass<br />

_______ Goosegrass _______ Other(s)<br />

Preemergence Herbicide Applied<br />

_____ No<br />

_____ Yes<br />

Application Date _________________<br />

Product _____________________________________________________________________<br />

Broadleaf Weeds<br />

_______ Broadleaf <strong>Plant</strong>ain _______ Common Chickweed<br />

128


_______ Ground Ivy<br />

_______ Henbit<br />

_______ Prostrate Knotweed _______ Prostrate Spurge<br />

_______ Wild Violet<br />

_______ Other(s)<br />

Postemergence Herbicide Applied<br />

_____ No<br />

_____ Yes<br />

Product(s):<br />

Soil Fertility Testing and <strong>Plant</strong> Pest Diagnosis:<br />

Application Date ___________________<br />

UT Soil Testing Lab<br />

Mailing Address: Shipping Address (UPS, FedEx): UT <strong>Plant</strong> Pest Diagnostic<br />

Center<br />

5201 Marchant Drive 5201 Marchant Drive Mailing Address:<br />

Nashville, TN 37211-5112 Nashville, TN 37222 5201 Marchant Drive<br />

Phone: (615) 832-5850 Nashville, TN 37211-5201<br />

Fax: (615) 832-4936 Phone: 615-835-4572<br />

Fax: 615-781-2568<br />

Notes ______________________________________________________________________<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

129


Time Required To Put Down 1 Inch Of Water On 1,500 Sq. Ft. Lawn<br />

For various hose diameters at 50 psi water pressure<br />

Hose ID Gals. per min. Time<br />

7/16" 7.3 2 hrs.<br />

8 min.<br />

1/2" 10.9 1 hr.<br />

26 min.<br />

5/8" 15.1 1 hr.<br />

2 min.<br />

3/4" 26.8 35 min.<br />

130


VEGETABLES<br />

131


Guide to Spring-<strong>Plant</strong>ed Cool-Season Vegetables<br />

131<br />

Vegetable Variety <strong>Plant</strong>ing<br />

Time<br />

Beets Detroit Dark<br />

Red, Cylindra<br />

Mar 1 – Mar<br />

10<br />

Broccoli Emperor, Mar 1 –<br />

Green Comet, Apr. 1<br />

Premium<br />

Crop,<br />

Packman<br />

Cabbage Round green Feb 20 –<br />

type, Red Apr 1<br />

Rookie,<br />

Stonehead,<br />

Savoy King<br />

Cauliflower Snow Crown Mar 1 – Apr<br />

1<br />

Carrots Danvers, Mar 1 – Apr<br />

Nantes, Little 1<br />

Finger<br />

Seeds or<br />

plants per<br />

100’ row<br />

Space<br />

Between<br />

Rows<br />

Space<br />

Between<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>s<br />

Days to<br />

Maturity<br />

Length <strong>of</strong><br />

Harvest<br />

Season<br />

Yield per<br />

100’ Row<br />

½ oz seed 14-36 2-3 55 to 60 4 weeks 75 to 150<br />

lbs<br />

66 plants 24-36 18 60 to 70 4 weeks 50 to 100<br />

lbs<br />

66 plants 24-36 18 60-75 3 weeks 125 to 200<br />

lbs<br />

66 plants 24-36 18 55 to 65 2 weeks 50 to 100<br />

lbs<br />

¼ oz seed 14-36 2-3 75 to 85 4-6 weeks 50 to 100<br />

lbs<br />

Collards Georgia, Vates March ¼ oz seed 18-36 18 65 to 75 4-30 weeks 100 to 150<br />

lbs<br />

Kale Vates, Dwarf<br />

Blue Curled<br />

Vates<br />

February ¼ oz seed 18-36 12-15 55 to 65 4-20 weeks 100 to 150<br />

lbs<br />

Kohlrabi Grand Duke February or<br />

March<br />

¼ oz seed 14-36 3-6 40 to 50 4 weeks 50 to 75 lbs


132<br />

Lettuce,<br />

Head<br />

Buttercrunch,<br />

Iceberg<br />

February or<br />

March<br />

¼ oz seed 14-36 12-15 65 to 80 2-3 weeks 5o to 100<br />

lbs<br />

Lettuce, Salad Bowl, February to ½ oz seed 14-36 6 40 to 50 4-6 weeks 50 to 75 lbs<br />

Leaf Black Seeded<br />

Simpson, Red<br />

Sails<br />

April<br />

Mustard Savannah, February ¼ oz seed 14-36 5-10 35 to 45 3-6 weeks 75 lbs<br />

Tender green,<br />

Southern<br />

Giant Curled<br />

Onions, Evergreen February or 400 to 600 14-36 2-3 30 to 60 3 weeks 30-50 lbs<br />

Bunch bunching March sets<br />

Onions, Sweet February or 200 to 400 14-36 3-6 100 to 120 2 weeks 75 lbs<br />

Storage Sandwich,<br />

Sweet<br />

Spanish,<br />

Granex types<br />

March sets<br />

Peas, Wanda, Little Feb 1 – Mar ½ - 1 lb 12-36 2-4 65 to 70 2-3 weeks 20-30 lbs<br />

English Marvel, Green<br />

Arrow<br />

20<br />

seed<br />

Peas, Snap Sugar Snap, Feb 1 – Mar ½ - 1 lb 12-36 2-4 65 to 70 2-3 weeks 30-50 lbs<br />

Sugar Daddy,<br />

Sugar Mel<br />

20<br />

seed<br />

Potatoes, Cobbler, March 14 lbs seed 30-36 12 90 to 110 4 mos 100-120 lbs<br />

Irish Kennebec,<br />

Red Pontiac<br />

stored<br />

Radish White Icicle, Feb 15 – ½ oz seed 14-36 1-2 25-30 3 weeks 50 bunches<br />

Cherry Bell,<br />

Champion<br />

Apr 15<br />

Spinach Longstanding February 1 oz seed 14-36 3-4 40 to 50 3 weeks 25 lbs<br />

Bloomsdale,<br />

Tyee, Melody<br />

Swiss Chard Fordhook March ½ oz seed 18-36 6-8 50 to 60 4-30 weeks 75 lbs


Turnip,<br />

Greens<br />

Turnip,<br />

Roots<br />

Giant,<br />

Lucullus,<br />

Rhubarb<br />

Seven Top,<br />

All Top<br />

Purple Top<br />

White Globe,<br />

Tokyo Hybrid,<br />

Just Right,<br />

White Lady<br />

March ½ oz seed 18-36 2-4 30 to 40 Several 75 lbs<br />

weeks<br />

March ¼ oz seed 18-36 3 40 to 65 6 months 150 lbs.<br />

133


134<br />

Guide to Fall Cool-Season Vegetables<br />

Vegetable Variety <strong>Plant</strong>ing<br />

Time<br />

Beans, Bush<br />

Snap<br />

Broccoli<br />

Brussel’s<br />

Sprouts<br />

Cabbage<br />

Cabbage,<br />

Chinese<br />

Contender,<br />

Blue Lake,<br />

Top Crop,<br />

Derby, Roma<br />

II, Half<br />

runners<br />

Emperor,<br />

Green<br />

Commet,<br />

Premium<br />

Crop,<br />

Packman<br />

Round green<br />

type, Red<br />

Rookie,<br />

Stonehead,<br />

Savoy King<br />

Dynasty,<br />

Michihli, Two<br />

seasons<br />

July 15-<br />

Aug. 15<br />

July 15-<br />

Aug. 15<br />

July 5 –<br />

Aug 15<br />

July 1 – July<br />

30<br />

Cauliflower Snow Crown July 15 –<br />

Aug. 15<br />

Collards Georgia, Vates July 1 –<br />

Aug. 1<br />

Seeds or<br />

plants per<br />

100’ row<br />

Space<br />

Between<br />

Rows<br />

Space<br />

Between<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>s<br />

Days to<br />

Maturity<br />

Length <strong>of</strong><br />

Harvest<br />

Season<br />

¼ lb seed 24-36 3-4 52-60 2 weeks or<br />

more<br />

Yield per<br />

100’ Row<br />

80-120 lbs<br />

66 plants 24-36 18 60 to 70 4 weeks 50-100 lbs.<br />

66 plants 24-36 18 60 to 75 3 weeks 125-200 lbs<br />

100 plants 24-36 12 40 to 50 4 weeks 200-300 lbs<br />

66 plants 24-36 18 55 to 65 2 weeks 50 to 100<br />

lbs<br />

¼ oz. seed 18-36 18 65 to 75 4-30 weeks 100 to 150<br />

lbs


135<br />

Cucumber,<br />

Pickling<br />

Cucumber,<br />

Slicing<br />

Garlic<br />

Kale<br />

Country Fair,<br />

Pickalot,<br />

Saladin,<br />

Carolina<br />

Sweet Slice,<br />

Burpless,<br />

Sweet<br />

Success,<br />

Marketmore<br />

Vates, Dwarf<br />

Blue Curled<br />

Vates<br />

July 1 –<br />

Aug. 1<br />

July 1 –<br />

Aug. 1<br />

July 1 –<br />

Sept 1<br />

Kohlrabi Grand Duke July 15 –<br />

Sept 1<br />

Lettuce,<br />

July 1 –<br />

Leaf<br />

Sept 15<br />

Mustard<br />

Potatoes,<br />

Irish<br />

Radish<br />

Spinach<br />

Salad Bowl,<br />

Black Seeded<br />

Simpson, Red<br />

Sails<br />

Savannah,<br />

Tender green,<br />

Southern<br />

Giant Curled<br />

Cobbler,<br />

Kennebec,<br />

Red Pontiac<br />

White Icicle,<br />

Cherry Bell,<br />

Champion<br />

Longstanding<br />

Bloomsdale,<br />

Tyee, Melody<br />

July 1 –<br />

Sept 1<br />

July 1 – July<br />

31<br />

Aug 1 –<br />

Sept 15<br />

Sept 10-<br />

Sept 20<br />

¼ oz. seed 72 12 50 to 55 3-6 weeks 115 to 250<br />

lbs.<br />

¼ oz. seed 72 12 50 to 65 3-6 weeks 115 to 250<br />

lbs.<br />

¼ oz. seed 18-36 12-15 55 to 65 4-20 weeks 100 to 150<br />

lbs.<br />

¼ oz. seed 14-36 3-6 40 to 50 4 weeks 50 to 75 lbs.<br />

½ oz. seed 14-36 6 40 to 50 4-6 weeks 50-75 lbs.<br />

¼ oz. seed 14-36 5-10 35-45 3-6 weeks 75-100 lbs.<br />

14 lbs seed 30-36 12 90-110 4 mos<br />

stored<br />

100-120 lbs<br />

½ oz. seed 14-36 1-2 25 to 30 3 weeks 50 bunches<br />

1 oz seed 14-36 3-4 40 to 50 3 weeks 10-30 lbs.<br />

Squash, Dixie, Butter July 15 – 1 oz seed 48-60 12-24 40 to 50 6 weeks 100-150 lbs.<br />

136


Summer<br />

Tomatoes<br />

Turnip<br />

Greens<br />

Turnip<br />

Roots<br />

Bar, Early<br />

Summer<br />

Crookneck,<br />

Zucchini types<br />

Big Boy,<br />

Betterboy,<br />

Celebrity,<br />

Long Keeper,<br />

Sweet Million,<br />

(cherry)<br />

Lemon Boy<br />

Seven Top,<br />

All Top<br />

Purple Top<br />

White Globe,<br />

Tokyo Hybrid,<br />

Just Right,<br />

White Lady<br />

Aug 15<br />

July 1 –<br />

Aug 1<br />

Aug 1 –<br />

Sept 30<br />

Aug 1 –<br />

Sept 15<br />

50 plants 48 24 70 to 80 8 weeks or<br />

more<br />

200-300 lbs<br />

½ oz seed 18-36 2-4 30 to 40 Several<br />

weeks<br />

50 to 100<br />

lbs<br />

¼ oz seed 18-36 3 40 to 65 6 months 100 to 150<br />

lbs.<br />

136<br />

137


Guide to Spring Warm-Season Vegetables<br />

137<br />

Vegetable Variety <strong>Plant</strong>ing<br />

Time<br />

Beans, Bush<br />

Snap<br />

Beans, Pole<br />

Snap<br />

Beans, Bush<br />

Lima<br />

Beans, Pole<br />

Lima<br />

Cantaloupe<br />

Corn, Sweet<br />

Contender,<br />

Blue Lake, Top<br />

Crop, Derby,<br />

Roma II, Half<br />

runners<br />

Kentucky<br />

Wonder, Blue<br />

Lake, Kentucky<br />

Blue, McCaslan<br />

Fordhook 242,<br />

Jackson<br />

Wonder,<br />

Henderson<br />

Bush, Dixie<br />

Butterpea<br />

King <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Garden, Sieva<br />

Burpee Hybrid,<br />

Gold Star,<br />

Classic, Harper<br />

Hybrid, Sweet<br />

Dream Hybrid<br />

Silver Queen,<br />

(white), Golden<br />

Queen, Merit,<br />

Bi-Queen<br />

Apr 10 –<br />

June 20<br />

Apr 10 –<br />

June 20<br />

May or<br />

June<br />

Seeds or<br />

plants per<br />

100’ row<br />

Space<br />

Between<br />

Rows<br />

Space<br />

Between<br />

<strong>Plant</strong>s<br />

Days to<br />

Maturity<br />

Length <strong>of</strong><br />

Harvest<br />

Season<br />

¼ lb seed 24-36 3-4 52 to 60 2 week or<br />

more<br />

¼ lb seed 36-48 3-4 60 to 65 5 to 6<br />

weeks<br />

Yield per<br />

100’ Row<br />

80 to 120<br />

lbs<br />

100-150 lbs<br />

½ lb seed 24-36 3-4 65 to 75 3 weeks 20 to 30 lbs<br />

shelled<br />

May or<br />

June<br />

½ lb seed 36-48 3-4 80 to 90 4 weeks 25-50 lbs<br />

May ¼ oz seed 72 24 80 to 90 3 weeks 100+<br />

melons<br />

Apr 1 –<br />

June 1<br />

¼ lb seed 36 8-12 80 to 95 7-10 days 90 to 120<br />

ears<br />

138


138<br />

Corn, Super<br />

Sweet<br />

Cucumber,<br />

Pickling<br />

Cucumber,<br />

Slicing<br />

Eggplant<br />

Okra<br />

Peas, Field<br />

Pepper,<br />

Sweet<br />

Pepper, Hot<br />

How Sweet It<br />

Is, Silverado,<br />

Honey’n’Pearl,<br />

Incredible<br />

Country Fair,<br />

Pickalot,<br />

Saladin,<br />

Carolina<br />

Sweet slice,<br />

Burpless, Sweet<br />

success,<br />

Marketmore<br />

Black Beauty,<br />

Ichiban<br />

Clemson<br />

Spineless, Lee,<br />

Blondy<br />

Mississippi<br />

Silver, Pink<br />

Eye Purple<br />

Hull, Texas<br />

Crème 40,<br />

Whipoorwill<br />

California<br />

Wonder,<br />

Gypsy, Bell<br />

Boy, Golden<br />

Summer<br />

Jalapeno,<br />

Cayenne,<br />

Hungarian Wax<br />

Apr 15 –<br />

June 1<br />

¼ lb seed 36 8-12 80 to 95 10-15 days 90 to 120<br />

ears<br />

May ¼ oz seed 72 12 50 to 55 3-6 weeks 115 to 250<br />

lbs<br />

May or<br />

June<br />

¼ oz seed 72 12 50 to 65 3-6 weeks 115 to 250<br />

lbs<br />

May 50 plants 36 24 65 to 80 2 mos or<br />

more<br />

75 to 150<br />

lbs<br />

May 5 to 1 oz seed 36 12 50 to 60 7-9 weeks 50 to 100<br />

amay 20<br />

lbs<br />

May or<br />

June<br />

May or<br />

June<br />

May or<br />

June<br />

¼ lb seed 36 4 65 to 80 3-5 weeks 30 to 40 lbs<br />

60 plants 36 18-24 55 to 80 2-3 mos 50 to 75 lbs<br />

60 plants 36 18-24 60 to 70 2-3 mos 10 to 25 lbs<br />

139


139<br />

Potato,<br />

Sweet<br />

Pumpkin<br />

Squash,<br />

Summer<br />

Squash,<br />

Winter<br />

Tomatoes<br />

Watermelon<br />

Centennial,<br />

Jewel, Porto<br />

Rico<br />

Autumn Gold,<br />

Kentuck Field,<br />

Sugar or Pie,<br />

Howden’s<br />

Field, Jack ‘O’<br />

Lantern,<br />

Wizard<br />

Dixie, Butter<br />

Bar, Early<br />

Summer<br />

Crookneck,<br />

Zucchini types<br />

Waltham, Table<br />

Queen,<br />

Butternut types<br />

Big Boy,<br />

Betterboy,<br />

Celebrity, Early<br />

Girl, Sweet<br />

Million,<br />

(cherry) Lemon<br />

Boy<br />

Dixie Queen,<br />

Jubilee,<br />

Crimson Sweet,<br />

Charleston<br />

Gray<br />

May 100 slips 36 12 110 to 120 5 mos<br />

stored<br />

May 1 oz seed 120 to 144 48 100 to 120 4 mos<br />

stored<br />

May or<br />

June<br />

May or<br />

June<br />

Apr 10 –<br />

June 10<br />

75 to 125<br />

lbs<br />

40 to 50<br />

pumpkins<br />

1 oz seed 48 -60 12-24 40-50 6 weeks 100 to 150<br />

lbs<br />

1 oz seed 72-96 24-36 90-110 4 mos<br />

stored<br />

50 plants 48 24 70-80 8 weeks or<br />

more<br />

50 to 200<br />

lbs<br />

200-300 lbs<br />

May ¼ oz seed 120-144 48 80-90 3 weeks 20-25<br />

melons<br />

140


When to Harvest Vegetables<br />

Vegetable<br />

Asparagus<br />

Beans, lima<br />

Beans, snap<br />

Beets<br />

Broccoli<br />

Cabbage<br />

Cantaloupe<br />

Carrot<br />

Cauliflower<br />

Collard<br />

Corn<br />

Cucumber<br />

Eggplant<br />

Kale<br />

Kohlrabi<br />

Lettuce<br />

Mustard<br />

Okra<br />

Onion<br />

Parsnip<br />

Peas, English<br />

Peas, snap<br />

Peas, southern<br />

Pepper, hot<br />

Pepper, sweet<br />

Potato, Irish<br />

Potato, sweet<br />

Pumpkin<br />

Radish<br />

Rutabaga<br />

Spinach<br />

Squash, summer<br />

Squash, winter<br />

Swiss chard<br />

Tomato<br />

Turnip, greens<br />

Turnip, roots<br />

Watermelon<br />

Vegetable Appearance<br />

When spears are 6 to 9 inches tall.<br />

When pods are full but seeds are green.<br />

While pods snap easily and are still smooth.<br />

1½ to 2½ inch beets have highest quality.<br />

Before flowers show yellow color.<br />

Wheat heads become firm and heavy.<br />

When melons can be lifted and the vine slips without pressure.<br />

Anytime roots are firm and brittle.<br />

Before curd loosens and discolors.<br />

When leaves are large but still green and firm.<br />

When kernel juice is milky, silk begins to dry and ears are full to<br />

end.<br />

When seeds are small, flesh is firm and color is green.<br />

Before color begins to dull.<br />

When leaves are large but before they yellow.<br />

When 2 inches or more in diameter but still tender.<br />

When tender and mild flavored. Before bolting.<br />

When leaves are crisp and tender.<br />

When pods are 1 ½ to 3 ½ inches long.<br />

For green onions: when bulb is 3/8 to 1 inch in diameter.<br />

For storing: after the tops have died down.<br />

After cool weather has improved quality<br />

After pods have filled but before they turn yellow.<br />

After pods form but before yellowing.<br />

For fresh use or freezing: When pods shell easily.<br />

After pods reach full size.<br />

When pods are full size and still firm.<br />

For immediate use; after tubers are 1 inch in diameter.<br />

For storage: after vines have died and skin has set.<br />

After reaching desired size but before cool fall rains.<br />

After they are full grown and mature colored. Before frost.<br />

When firm and brilliantly colored.<br />

Before becoming tough.<br />

When leaves are crisp and dark green.<br />

When large end is 1 to 2 ½ inches in diameter and skin is still<br />

tender.<br />

When rind is not easily scratched by fingernail.<br />

When leaves are crisp, tender and still green.<br />

When fully colored but still firm.<br />

While leaves are green and crisp.<br />

After 2 inches in diameter but while still tender.<br />

When tendrils die, rind on ground becomes yellow.<br />

140


Length <strong>of</strong> Time Vegetable Seed Can Be Expected to Retain Their Viability<br />

Years<br />

Asparagus 3<br />

Broccoli 5<br />

Bean 3<br />

Beet 4<br />

Brussels’ Sprouts 4<br />

Collards 4<br />

Cabbage 4<br />

Carrots 3<br />

Cauliflower 4<br />

Celery 5<br />

Cucumber 5<br />

Eggplant 5<br />

Endive 5<br />

Kale 4<br />

Lettuce 5<br />

Muskmelon 5<br />

Mustard 4<br />

Okra 2<br />

Onion 1<br />

Parsley 2<br />

Parsnips 1<br />

Pea 3<br />

Pepper 3<br />

Pumpkin 4<br />

Radish 4<br />

Rutabaga 4<br />

Spinach 4<br />

Squash 4<br />

Sweet Corn 1<br />

Tomato 3<br />

Turnip 4<br />

Watermelon 5<br />

The above information assumes seed is stored under cool temperatures and low humidity. Open<br />

seed packets should be immediately resealed with tape. Seed may be stored in the refrigerator in<br />

Tupperware or other containers with tight-fitting lids.<br />

Vegetable seed may also be stored in the freezer if the initial moisture content is below 14<br />

percent.<br />

Vegetable seed will deteriorate rapidly if exposed to high temperatures and humidity. Test old<br />

seed by placing a few in a moist paper towel and putting the paper towel in a closed container in<br />

a warm place for one week. The towel must remain moist at all times.<br />

141


WHEAT<br />

142


INTRODUCTION<br />

Tennessee's climate is well-suited for the production <strong>of</strong> high-quality, low-protein, s<strong>of</strong>t red winter<br />

wheat. This wheat is in demand by the flour milling industry and well-established local markets<br />

are adequate. Tennessee-produced s<strong>of</strong>t wheat is used primarily for milling general-purpose or<br />

family flours, pastry flours and cake flours. Very little <strong>of</strong> Tennessee's wheat is used for livestock<br />

feed, except as by-products <strong>of</strong> the milling industry.<br />

Winter wheat is a cool-season crop and can be grown successfully in all counties <strong>of</strong> the state.<br />

S<strong>of</strong>t red winter wheat varieties commonly grown in Tennessee have adequate winter-hardiness to<br />

survive the lowest winter temperatures that normally occur.<br />

When winter temperatures are extremely low, well-rooted wheat plants may die back to the<br />

ground, but then resume growth in the spring. Wheat sown in the late fall has a shallow root<br />

system and is more susceptible to frost heaving and winter killing than wheat sown earlier.<br />

Freeze damage to winter wheat is more serious from late freezes in the spring when the head has<br />

just emerged from the boot. All varieties are susceptible to freeze injury in the milk and s<strong>of</strong>t<br />

dough stages in the spring.<br />

The optimum moisture requirement for favorable wheat production is somewhat less than the<br />

normal rainfall in Tennessee. Wheat is tolerant <strong>of</strong> high moisture under the cool fall and spring<br />

growing seasons <strong>of</strong> Tennessee. High moisture, in combination with high temperatures, may<br />

cause the spread <strong>of</strong> diseases and reduce yield.<br />

Wheat is best adapted to well-drained, medium-to-heavy-textured soils <strong>of</strong> high natural fertility.<br />

The highest yields are generally produced on silt and clay loams, but wheat is also grown<br />

successfully on clay soils and fine sandy loams. University <strong>of</strong> Tennessee research shows that<br />

wheat grown on soils with poor internal drainage can be productive, providing they have<br />

adequate surface drainage to prevent ponding <strong>of</strong> water.<br />

VARIETY SELECTION<br />

It is wise to select a variety that has been tested and evaluated under Tennessee conditions.<br />

Consider the characteristics <strong>of</strong> each variety, then select the variety or varieties that best suit the<br />

conditions on your farm. Varieties tested in Tennessee and the varietal characteristics at all<br />

research locations can be found in the University <strong>of</strong> Tennessee Agricultural Experiment Station<br />

Research Report, "Performance <strong>of</strong> Wheat, and Barley Varieties," by Allen, et al. at<br />

http://varietytrials.tennessee.edu and utcrops.com.<br />

VARIETAL CHARACTERISTICS<br />

Maturity: Maturity can be defined in different ways. Depending on the growing season, a<br />

medium-maturity variety might be ready to harvest within two to three days <strong>of</strong> an early-maturity<br />

variety planted on the same date. An important consideration is that early varieties will joint and<br />

head earlier. Therefore, they are more susceptible to stem and head freeze in March and head<br />

freeze in April if planted too early in the fall.<br />

Seeding: Unless only a small acreage is involved, it is always a good idea to plant more than one<br />

143


variety to spread risk. <strong>Plant</strong> two to three <strong>of</strong> the top varieties for your area, depending on your<br />

acreage. Variations in pest severity and weather conditions will favor one variety over another in<br />

any given year. When trying a new variety for the first time, you should usually plant the<br />

majority <strong>of</strong> your acreage in a proven performer.<br />

Certified Seed: Use <strong>of</strong> certified seed provides a level <strong>of</strong> insurance against poor germination and<br />

introduction <strong>of</strong> weed seeds.<br />

Seedbed Preparation: Wheat requires a firm seedbed with enough loose soil to cover the seed<br />

to a depth <strong>of</strong> 1 to 1.5 inches. Disking to a depth <strong>of</strong> 2 to 4 inches is usually all that is necessary in<br />

preparing a seedbed for wheat where it follows corn, soybeans, grain sorghum or other row<br />

crops. When it is necessary to plow, the land should be plowed far enough in advance <strong>of</strong> seeding<br />

to allow for development <strong>of</strong> a firm seedbed with conventional practices. Where erosion is a<br />

problem with conventional seedbed preparation, wheat can be planted no-till with excellent<br />

results. A preplant burndown herbicide should always be applied prior to planting when weeds<br />

are present.<br />

SEEDING DATES AND RATES<br />

Dates: For best winter survival and top grain yield, plant wheat from October 15 to November<br />

10. Do not plant wheat until after the fly-free date <strong>of</strong> October 15. Wheat should be planted<br />

early enough for young plants to become well-rooted and develop 3 to 4 inches <strong>of</strong> top growth<br />

before going into the winter (December 21 st ). Research indicates that planting during the latter<br />

half <strong>of</strong> the recommended planting period or planting treated seed (systemic insecticide) reduces<br />

the incidence <strong>of</strong> barley yellow dwarf by avoiding or controlling aphids that transmit the virus to<br />

wheat. In most Tennessee fields, an insecticide seed treatment will at least pay for itself by<br />

controlling early-season aphid populations.<br />

Rates: Wheat seeding rates vary from 1.5 to 2.0 bushels per acre depending upon the condition<br />

<strong>of</strong> the seedbed, time <strong>of</strong> seeding, quality <strong>of</strong> seed and method <strong>of</strong> seeding. A seeding rate <strong>of</strong> 2<br />

bushels per acre should generally be used. Increase the rate to 2.0 to 3.0 bushels per acre (1) if<br />

seed are broadcast, or (2) when seeding is delayed until November 1 st . Ideally, you want to end<br />

up with 1.3 to 1.5 million plants per acre. This seeding rate can be calculated by dividing the<br />

desired population by the percent germination printed on the bag to obtain how many seed need<br />

to be sown. Then divide by the number <strong>of</strong> seeds per pound to get the number <strong>of</strong> pounds <strong>of</strong> seed<br />

needed per acre; then divide the number <strong>of</strong> pounds per acre by 60 pounds (number <strong>of</strong> pounds <strong>of</strong><br />

wheat seed per bushel) to get the number <strong>of</strong> bushels per acre needed.<br />

Example:<br />

Desired population 1,300,000 (1.3 million) plants per acre.<br />

Seed germination percentage = 85 percent<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> seed per pound = 12,000<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> pounds per bushel = 60<br />

1,300,000 ÷ 0.85 ÷ 12,000 = 127 lbs seed per acre<br />

127 lbs seed per acre ÷ 60 lbs per bushel = 2.12 bushel per acre<br />

144


Table 1. Wheat Seeding Dates and Rates (also for barley or rye).<br />

Use* Seeding Rate Seeding Date/Method<br />

For grain or spring<br />

grazing<br />

1.5 – 2.5 bu.<br />

1.5 – 2.5 bu.<br />

2-3 bu.<br />

October 15-November 10<br />

no-till drilled<br />

October 15-November 10<br />

conventional<br />

October 15-November 10<br />

Over-seeded, no-tillage<br />

For winter cover<br />

1-1.5 bu.<br />

1-1.5 bu.<br />

1-1.5 bu.<br />

September 15-November 10<br />

no-till drilled<br />

September 15-November 10<br />

Over-seeded, no-tillage<br />

September 15-October 20<br />

Conventional<br />

For cover, wildlife<br />

enhancement or fall grazing<br />

2-3 bu. August 15-October 1<br />

Over-seeded<br />

*Use higher seeding rate if seeding under adverse conditions. Increase seeding rate by 50 percent if<br />

using bin-run seed.<br />

Method and Depth: Sowing wheat with a drill instead <strong>of</strong> broadcasting insures a more uniform<br />

depth <strong>of</strong> covering, higher germination, less winter injury and generally higher yields. Drill or<br />

cover wheat to a depth <strong>of</strong> 1 to 1.5 inches when adequate moisture is available. When soil is dry, a<br />

slightly greater depth is advisable, but should not exceed 2 inches.<br />

Broadcast Seeding: The two most important aspects to consider when broadcast-seeding wheat<br />

are to insure that adequate seeding rates are used and that good seed-to-soil contact is<br />

established. To accomplish these goals, 2 to 3 bushel <strong>of</strong> seed should be broadcast uniformly and<br />

incorporated by a shallow pass with a “do-all” or similar equipment. Seed that are broadcast and<br />

left lying on the soil surface are subject to animal predation, poor germination and frost heaving.<br />

All will lead to a loss <strong>of</strong> stand.<br />

GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT<br />

Successful wheat management requires understanding <strong>of</strong> how the wheat plant grows and<br />

develops. You should make management decisions and apply inputs, such as nitrogen,<br />

fungicides, herbicides and insecticides, at the proper stages <strong>of</strong> growth, not according to calendar<br />

dates. Wheat (like any other crop) responds best to inputs at certain stages <strong>of</strong> development. You<br />

can maximize potential effectiveness <strong>of</strong> an input and optimize production and pr<strong>of</strong>it by knowing<br />

wheat growth stages and observing plant development. The most popular system <strong>of</strong> identifying<br />

wheat growth stages is the Feekes scale (Table 2). The Feekes scale goes from 1.0 (just after<br />

emergence) to 11.4 (ripe for harvest).<br />

145


Table 2. Description <strong>of</strong> Feeke’s Scale <strong>of</strong> Wheat Development.<br />

Feeke’s<br />

Stage Scale<br />

Description<br />

Tillering 1 One shoot (number <strong>of</strong> leaves can be added), first leaf through coleoptile.<br />

2 Beginning <strong>of</strong> tillering; main shoot and one tiller.<br />

3 Tillers formed; leaves <strong>of</strong>ten twisted spirally. Main shoot and six tillers. In<br />

some varieties <strong>of</strong> winter wheat, plant may be “creeping,” or prostrate.<br />

4 Beginning <strong>of</strong> the erection <strong>of</strong> the pseudo-stem; leaf sheaths beginning to<br />

lengthen.<br />

5 Pseudo-stem (formed by sheaths <strong>of</strong> leaves) strongly erected.<br />

Stem 6 First node <strong>of</strong> stem visible at base <strong>of</strong> shoot.<br />

Extension 7 Second node <strong>of</strong> stem formed; next-to-last leaf just visible.<br />

8 Flag leaf (last leaf) visible gut still rolled up; ear beginning to swell.<br />

9 Ligule <strong>of</strong> flag leaf just visible.<br />

10 Sheath <strong>of</strong> flag leaf completely grown out; ear swollen but not yet visible.<br />

Heading 10.1 First spikelet <strong>of</strong> head just visible.<br />

10.2 One-quarter <strong>of</strong> heading process completed.<br />

10.3 Half <strong>of</strong> heading process completed.<br />

10.4 Three-quarters <strong>of</strong> heading process completed.<br />

10.5 All heads out <strong>of</strong> sheath.<br />

Flowering 10.51 Beginning <strong>of</strong> flowering.<br />

10.52 Flowering complete to top <strong>of</strong> head.<br />

10.53 Flowering completed a base <strong>of</strong> head.<br />

10.54 Flowering completed; kernel watery ripe.<br />

Ripening 11.1 Milky ripe.<br />

11.2 Mealy ripe; contents <strong>of</strong> kernel s<strong>of</strong>t but dry. S<strong>of</strong>t dough.<br />

11.3 Kernel hard (difficult to divide with thumbnail).<br />

11.4 Ripe for cutting. Straw dead.<br />

FERTILIZATION<br />

Apply lime and fertilizer based on soil test recommendations. If lime is needed, it should be<br />

applied before seeding. All the phosphate and potash can be applied immediately before or at<br />

planting (Table 3). When double-cropping wheat with grain sorghum or soybeans, the<br />

fertilizer should be applied to the soil with the total amount <strong>of</strong> phosphate and potash<br />

needed for both crops prior to planting wheat. Apply 15 to 30 pounds <strong>of</strong> nitrogen at seeding<br />

time to stimulate vigorous plant growth. Apply 30 to 60 pounds <strong>of</strong> nitrogen as a top-dressing<br />

February 15-March 30. Use the earlier date if the wheat stand is thin to encourage more tillering.<br />

All the nitrogen should be applied before wheat begins to joint. Research has shown no<br />

difference in source <strong>of</strong> nitrogen (ammonium nitrate, urea or liquid nitrogen) when applied<br />

according to recommendations. Total economical nitrogen needs for a wheat crop grown in<br />

Tennessee should be between 45 to 90 lbs. per acre.<br />

Consider split-applying the top-dress nitrogen application when wheat is planted after November<br />

15 or when there is an average <strong>of</strong> less than four tillers per plant in early January.<br />

146


Table 3. Wheat Fertility Recommendations.<br />

Soil test level Wheat alone Wheat with double-crop beans<br />

P(P 2 O 5 ) K(K 2 O) P(P 2 O 5 ) K(K 2 O)<br />

Low 80 40 90 120<br />

Medium 40 20 60 60<br />

High 0 0 0 0<br />

Very High 0 0 0 0<br />

*Nitrogen should be applied from 45 to 90 lbs per acre.<br />

HIGH-INPUT PRODUCTION SYSTEMS<br />

Some wheat production systems look to maximize yield potential by utilizing crop protection<br />

chemical and fertilizer inputs at increased rates when compared to UT Extension<br />

recommendations. UT Extension recommendations attempt to maximize economic returns for<br />

wheat producers by only applying inputs that have been proven to provide economic returns over<br />

multiple years <strong>of</strong> research. UT Extension recommendations are based on using sustainable<br />

practices including proper scouting with Integrated Pest Management (IPM) programs, soil<br />

testing and reasonable yield goals. UT Extension discourages the use <strong>of</strong> any management system<br />

that requires inputs based on calendar dates without appropriate scouting or testing procedures.<br />

While high-input systems are attractive when high yields are realized, producers need to evaluate<br />

how much monetary risk they are willing to take in their management budget. The most<br />

important decision you make with either a high-input or traditional production system is to stick<br />

to your original plan. Using a traditional system and attempting to increase nitrogen fertility will<br />

usually result in lodging. Likewise, starting with a high-input system and deciding late in the<br />

season to abandon your plan will result in losing the previously applied inputs. Choose a system<br />

that fits your production needs and manage the crop accordingly.<br />

WEED CONTROL<br />

Weed control in wheat should be successfully accomplished before the onset <strong>of</strong> winter<br />

(December 21 st ) to maximize yield potential and prevent less than acceptable control when<br />

temperatures are cold, or when weeds become too large.<br />

Wild garlic (commonly called wild onion), annual ryegrass, cheat and henbit are major weed<br />

problems in Tennessee wheat fields. Wild garlic infestations may cause considerable dockage at<br />

harvest. Annual ryegrass and cheat compete with wheat for light, nutrients and water and will<br />

reduce wheat yield. Weeds that infest wheat may delay harvest in the spring. Thus, an effective<br />

weed management program should be used for producing optimum wheat yields.<br />

Good production practices aid in the control <strong>of</strong> weeds. Using weed-free seed, proper seeding<br />

rate, proper seedbed preparation and controlling weeds in the previous rotational crop will assist<br />

in effective weed control. Where herbicides are used, timeliness <strong>of</strong> application is critical to<br />

success. Always read and follow label directions. Adhere to wheat growth-stage<br />

recommendations when applying herbicides.<br />

147


Cheat: can become a serious weed problem in many wheat fields. In fields with heavy cheat<br />

pressure, Sencor 75DF can be used. Use <strong>of</strong> Sencor may result in injury to some wheat varieties.<br />

The degree <strong>of</strong> injury is related to variety, growth stage at application and health <strong>of</strong> the wheat<br />

plants. UT research has found that most popular wheat varieties are tolerant to Sencor. A<br />

management program for cheat should include the following:<br />

1. Start with a weed-free seedbed either by using a burndown herbicide or tillage<br />

2. Crop tolerance is dependent upon a good root system and a healthy wheat plant<br />

prior to and at time <strong>of</strong> application.<br />

3. Apply 0.33 lb. to 0.67 lb. <strong>of</strong> Sencor 75DF per acre, depending on soil type, after<br />

wheat plants have developed 3 to 4 tillers and at least 4 secondary roots, 2 inches<br />

long.<br />

4. Do not apply Sencor to wheat that has begun to joint.<br />

Ryegrass is a problem for many wheat producers. Ryegrass will reduce yields and cause delays<br />

at harvest. Hoelon 3EC (u)* was the standard for preemergence or postemergence control <strong>of</strong><br />

annual ryegrass in fall-planted wheat. Most populations <strong>of</strong> ryegrass in Tennessee are not resistant<br />

to Hoelon. However, broader-spectrum grass weed control can be expected by using Axial or<br />

Osprey herbicides for control <strong>of</strong> annual ryegrass. Only one application <strong>of</strong> Hoelon should be<br />

made per season. Apply in at least 10 gallons <strong>of</strong> water per acre by ground or 5 gallons <strong>of</strong> water<br />

per acre by air. Postemergence application should be made prior to wheat jointing.<br />

Wild Garlic (commonly called wild onion) is a major weed problem in Tennessee wheat fields.<br />

To obtain the best control <strong>of</strong> wild garlic and the least amount <strong>of</strong> injury to the wheat crop, the<br />

following procedure should be followed:<br />

1. Apply 0.45 to 0.90 ounces Harmony Extra Total Sol per acre.<br />

2. Apply at least 15 gallons spray volume per acre to ensure coverage. Note: thorough<br />

coverage is essential for control.<br />

3. Add nonionic surfactant (80 percent active or greater) at a rate <strong>of</strong> 1 quart per 100<br />

gallons <strong>of</strong> water. Liquid nitrogen fertilizer may be used as a spray carrier for<br />

Harmony Extra Total Sol. Surfactant must be included (1 to 2 pints per 100 gallons <strong>of</strong><br />

spray solution). Wheat plants may exhibit temporary yellowing or stunting when<br />

sprayed with the liquid nitrogen.<br />

4. Apply when wild garlic plants are less than 12 inches tall, with 2 to 4 inches <strong>of</strong> new<br />

growth. New growth is essential for control. The new growth on garlic can be<br />

observed at the base <strong>of</strong> the garlic plant.<br />

5. Apply when daytime temperatures <strong>of</strong> at least 60 F are expected for three or more<br />

days. Adequate soil moisture before, during and immediately after application will<br />

improve control.<br />

Harvest wheat early, prior to excessive lodging, to remove as few aerial bulblets with<br />

the combine as possible.<br />

Vetch problems in Tennessee wheat fields continue to increase each year. Harmony Extra Total<br />

Sol will give fair to good control <strong>of</strong> vetch. However, vetch is usually too big for good control<br />

with Harmony Extra Total Sol if treatment is delayed until most growers are treating for wild<br />

garlic. For improved vetch control, 2,4-D (0.5 pint per acre <strong>of</strong> a 4 lb. per gallon formulation) may<br />

be tank mixed with Harmony Extra Total Sol. Remember that 2,4-D has a more restrictive wheat<br />

growth stage limitation. Apply 2,4-D or Harmony Extra Total Sol plus 2,4-D on well-tillered<br />

148


wheat, prior to jointing.<br />

Wild Mustard, Turnips, Mayweed and Cornflower: Harmony Extra Total Sol or 2,4-D will<br />

give good to excellent control <strong>of</strong> wild mustard and turnips. Mayweed must be controlled with<br />

Harmony Extra Total Sol. Harmony Extra Total Sol is weak on cornflower (also called<br />

bachelor's button). To get good control <strong>of</strong> this weed, apply 2,4-D or Clarity with Harmony Extra<br />

Total Sol.<br />

INSECT CONTROL<br />

Many farmers in Tennessee use wheat as a double-crop with soybeans. As with any crop, wheat<br />

has several insect pests that may reduce yields if not effectively controlled in the field. Yields<br />

can be improved if more producers take time to inspect their fields during the growing season for<br />

insect pests. This publication is designed to acquaint the producer with the major insect pests <strong>of</strong><br />

wheat, the damage they cause and measures used to control the pests.<br />

Aphids: Several aphids feed on the leaves and grain heads <strong>of</strong> wheat. These pests are significant<br />

in that they are capable <strong>of</strong> transmitting diseases to the plant such as barley yellow dwarf virus in<br />

addition to the damage inflicted by their feeding habits.<br />

Oat-Bird Cherry Aphid is dark green and is responsible for transmission <strong>of</strong> the barley<br />

yellow dwarf virus. This is usually the most common aphid observed in wheat.<br />

Corn Leaf Aphid is bluish-green and all <strong>of</strong> the legs, cornicles and antennae are black. The<br />

cornicles differ from the English grain aphid by being short and broad.<br />

Greenbug is a pale green, sometimes having a dark green stripe down the back <strong>of</strong> the<br />

wingless forms. The tips <strong>of</strong> the legs and cornicles are black, and the antennae are mostly<br />

black.<br />

Rice Root Aphid occurs on the roots <strong>of</strong> wheat and has been known to transmit barley yellow<br />

dwarf virus.<br />

Armyworms: Armyworms can be serious pests <strong>of</strong> wheat when populations reach large numbers.<br />

Armyworms get their name from their migrating habit, as they sometimes start at one portion <strong>of</strong><br />

the field and devour everything in their path.<br />

True Armyworm: Damaging infestations <strong>of</strong> true armyworm normally occur in the spring.<br />

Mature larvae are smooth, almost without any hairs, greenish-brown to reddish-brown, with<br />

a dark stripe along each side. A broad dorsal stripe runs down the length <strong>of</strong> the back. This<br />

species differs from the fall armyworm by having a dark lateral band on the outer portion <strong>of</strong><br />

each proleg. Besides feeding on foliage, larvae will sometimes cut the heads <strong>of</strong> maturing<br />

wheat plants.<br />

Fall Armyworm: As the name implies, the fall armyworm is normally a pest <strong>of</strong> early<br />

planting, seedling wheat in the fall. These insects can completely defoliate a wheat field<br />

when populations are very large. This insect differs from the true armyworm by having a<br />

prominent inverted Y on the front <strong>of</strong> the head and no dark bands on the outer portion <strong>of</strong> the<br />

prolegs.<br />

149


Hessian Fly: These small insects have been responsible for tremendous wheat losses in the past.<br />

Hessian fly larvae feed on stems at the base <strong>of</strong> plants, hidden behind the leaf sheaths. Larvae are<br />

reddish at first emergence and turn white or greenish white; they are shiny and without legs.<br />

Larvae are legless, resembling small grains <strong>of</strong> rice, and are approximately ¼ inch long when full<br />

grown. The pupae, or flax seed stage, are brown but otherwise similar to the larvae. Tennessee<br />

typically does not have significant problems with this pest. However, early-planted wheat is<br />

susceptible to infestation. <strong>Plant</strong>ing after October 15 (i.e., the “fly-free date”) will greatly reduce<br />

the likelihood <strong>of</strong> serious Hessian fly infestations. Also, avoid planting wheat as a cover crop<br />

prior to the fly-free date. Volunteer wheat is a good fall host for this pest, and any volunteer<br />

wheat should be destroyed before September. Plowing under wheat stubble after harvest may<br />

help reduce subsequent infestations in the fall. Although some varieties are available with<br />

resistance to Hessian flies, there are no varieties with adequate resistance to the fly biotype most<br />

common in Tennessee (Biotype L).<br />

Cereal Leaf Beetle: The cereal leaf beetle is a pest <strong>of</strong> wheat, oats, barley and other cereal crops.<br />

It has been found in most all counties in Tennessee. The larvae are pale yellow and s<strong>of</strong>t-bodied.<br />

The larvae glue pieces <strong>of</strong> fecal material to their backs as camouflage. Adults are shiny, black<br />

beetles with red legs and thorax and are approximately 3/16 inch long. Feeding by adults and<br />

larvae skeletonizes the leaf tissue between the veins. Check 10 plants per sample site for larvae<br />

and adults, which are present from April through June.<br />

SUGGESTED ECONOMIC THRESHOLDS<br />

Corn Leaf, Oat-Bird Cherry and Rice Root Aphid: No thresholds have been established in<br />

Tennessee. Treatment should be considered when heavy populations are causing leaves to dry up<br />

and die in several portions <strong>of</strong> the field. An insecticidal seed treatment such as Gaucho or Cruiser<br />

can be used to reduce transmission <strong>of</strong> barley yellow dwarf virus. Data suggest that early-planted<br />

wheat is most likely to benefit from use <strong>of</strong> a seed treatment. Foliar insecticide applications in the<br />

fall can also reduce transmission <strong>of</strong> barley yellow dwarf virus, but they must be applied before<br />

aphid populations are already established in the field.<br />

Greenbug: This aphid injects a toxin while feeding. Treatment should be made when aphids are<br />

killing three or more leaves per plant. For wheat less than 6 inches tall, treatment should also be<br />

considered if greenbugs number 50 or more per linear foot. Treatment should also be made if<br />

greenbugs number 200 or more per foot in wheat 6-10 inches tall.<br />

Armyworms: Treatment for fall armyworm should be considered when four or more larvae are<br />

present per square foot (16 per 4 square feet). For true armyworm, use a threshold <strong>of</strong> 6-8 larvae<br />

per square foot if wheat is still in the milk stage. Once past the milk stage, wheat can tolerate<br />

higher populations, and treatment is not usually recommended unless larvae are cutting wheat<br />

heads.<br />

Hessian Fly: Foliar applied insecticides are difficult to time and only marginally effective. <strong>Plant</strong><br />

after the fly-free date and use resistant varieties if they are available. Resistant varieties may help<br />

suppress Hessian fly populations, although no varieties provide adequate resistance to Biotype L.<br />

Cereal Leaf Beetle – Treatment is necessary if one larva and/or adult is present per stem.<br />

150


Table 4. Recommended Chemical Controls for Wheat Insects.<br />

Insect Insecticide (Trade Names) Rate/Acre<br />

Aphids<br />

Seed Treatments<br />

imidacloprid (Gaucho 600)<br />

0.8 - 2.4 oz per 100 lb seed<br />

thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5)<br />

0.75 - 1.33 oz per 100 lb seed<br />

Foliar Treatments<br />

dimethoate 4*<br />

8 - 12 oz<br />

methomyl (Lannate LV 2.4)*<br />

¾ - 1½ pt<br />

methyl parathion 4*<br />

½ - 1½ pt<br />

β-cyfluthrin (Baythroid XL 1)<br />

1.8 - 2.4 oz<br />

γ-cyhalothrin (Prolex 1.25)<br />

1.54 oz<br />

λ-cyhalothrin (Karate 2.08)<br />

1.28 - 1.92 oz<br />

Z-cypermethrin (Mustang Max 0.8) 3.2 - 4.0 oz<br />

Armyworms (True & Fall) carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus 4) 1 - 1½ qt<br />

methyl parathion 4*<br />

1½ pt<br />

methomyl (Lannate LV 2.4)*<br />

¾ - 1½ pt<br />

spinosad (Tracer 4)<br />

1.5 - 3 oz<br />

β-cyfluthrin (Baythroid XL 1)<br />

1.8 - 2.4 oz<br />

γ-cyhalothrin (Prolex 1.25)<br />

1.02 - 1.54 oz<br />

λ-cyhalothrin (Karate 2.08)<br />

1.28 - 1.92 oz<br />

Z-cypermethrin (Mustang Max 0.8) 3.2 - 4.0 oz<br />

Cereal Leaf Beetle carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus 4) 1 qt<br />

methomyl (Lannate LV, 2.4)*<br />

¾ - 1½ pt<br />

spinosad (Tracer 4)<br />

1 - 3 oz<br />

β-cyfluthrin (Baythroid XL 1)<br />

1.0 - 1.8 oz<br />

γ-cyhalothrin (Prolex 1.25)<br />

1.02 - 1.54 oz<br />

λ-cyhalothrin (Karate 2.08)<br />

1.28 - 1.92 oz<br />

Z-cypermethrin (Mustang Max 0.8) 1.76 - 4.0 oz<br />

* Use extra caution when handling these insecticides.<br />

WHEAT DISEASES<br />

Disease pressure can develop any time environmental conditions are favorable for disease<br />

development. Diseases that occur frequently in Tennessee are barley yellow dwarf, leaf rust,<br />

powdery mildew, Septoria glume and leaf blotch.<br />

Glume blotch is most consistent in its ability to reduce yields year after year. Leaf rust and<br />

powdery mildew only cause damage in certain years when environmental conditions are<br />

favorable for these diseases.<br />

Barley Yellow Dwarf: In the past, this virus disease has received little attention in wheat, but it<br />

is becoming a limiting factor to production in some areas. The light green to yellowish and<br />

sometimes reddish foliage and stunting induced by the virus are similar to the symptoms<br />

151


attributed to non-parasitic factors such as nutrient deficiencies and poorly-drained soil. The virus<br />

is transmitted from plant to plant by several species <strong>of</strong> aphids which feed on wheat. Some degree<br />

<strong>of</strong> control <strong>of</strong> barley yellow dwarf can be obtained by planting late in the fall, but early enough to<br />

provide an adequate root system that will withstand low winter temperatures. Aphid vector<br />

control with seed-applied insecticides has been found to be effective in controlling this virus<br />

disease.<br />

Leaf Rust: Puccinia recondita f. sp. tritici − Rust appears as small, round or oblong raised<br />

orange-red pustules, mainly on the upper surface <strong>of</strong> the leaves. Leaf rust, when severe, reduces<br />

both grain yield and test weight. It is transmitted by wind-borne fungus spores. Foliar fungicides<br />

are effective in controlling leaf rust.<br />

Powdery Mildew: Erysiphe graminis f. sp. tritici<br />

Diseased plants are usually found in the spring in moist areas <strong>of</strong> fields where the growth is rank.<br />

Powdery mildew is very noticeable on the leaves as a white-powdery mass that <strong>of</strong>ten covers the<br />

entire blade. Later, the affected leaves turn yellow and die prematurely. Heavy attacks <strong>of</strong><br />

powdery mildew cause plants to lodge and kernels to shrivel. Foliar fungicides are effective in<br />

controlling powdery mildew.<br />

Glume Blotch: Stagonospora (Septoria) nodorum − Glume blotch may first be noticeable on<br />

the lower leaves as small oblong lesions that are light brown with dark borders. After heading,<br />

the fungus moves to the head. First indication <strong>of</strong> infestation is the brown discoloration <strong>of</strong> the<br />

glume (chaff). As the grain matures, the glume takes on a black peppery appearance which is due<br />

to spores (pycnidia) <strong>of</strong> the fungus.<br />

Infection <strong>of</strong> the leaves can be serious and severe attacks on the head can significantly reduce<br />

yield and grain quality. Glume blotch is primarily a warm-weather disease. Both glume and leaf<br />

blotch fungus spores live through the summer in crop residue. General control measures include<br />

plowing under crop residue immediately after harvest (unless using no-till practices), allowing at<br />

least one year between wheat crop and use <strong>of</strong> foliar fungicides.<br />

Leaf Blotch: Septoria tritici − Leaf blotch is more noticeable early in the spring, when it appears<br />

as irregular reddish-brown spots scattered over the leaf blade. The spots, <strong>of</strong>ten with ashen white<br />

centers, contain many black specks. Lesions tend to be restricted laterally and assume parallel<br />

sides. The damage caused to portions <strong>of</strong> the leaf can reduce yields. Leaf blotch also damages the<br />

seedling and tillers.<br />

Tan Spot: Pyrenophora tritici-repentis – Tan spots develop on both upper and lower leaf<br />

surfaces. The spots start out as brown or tan (delete colored) flecks, expanding into lens-shaped<br />

blotches from 1/8-3/4 inch long, <strong>of</strong>ten with yellow borders. Later these lesions may coalesce and<br />

become dark brown at their center containing conidia (spores) <strong>of</strong> the fungus. Dark pseudothecia<br />

<strong>of</strong> the fungus appear as dark, raised specks on mature wheat straw. Foliar fungicides are effective<br />

in controlling tan spot.<br />

Loose Smut: Ustilago tritici − Loose smut is easily recognized as soon as the affected heads<br />

emerge from the boot. Smut-infected heads appear earlier than normal ones and a loose, darkcolored<br />

spore mass replaces the seed in the head. Spores are washed and blown away by rain and<br />

152


wind, and by harvest, nothing remains <strong>of</strong> the head except a bare spike. Loose smut may reduce<br />

the yield but does not affect grain quality.<br />

The disease is seed-borne within the wheat kernel and may be controlled by treating the seed<br />

before planting with various fungicides.<br />

Head Blight or Scab: Fusarium spp. − Head blight, also called pink mold, white heads or<br />

tombstone scab, is manifested by the premature death or blighting <strong>of</strong> spikelets <strong>of</strong> the head. The<br />

disease appears on all small grain crops and is especially important in humid regions. Prolonged<br />

rainy spells during the blooming stage <strong>of</strong> the wheat will enhance conditions for infection.<br />

Significant yield losses result from floret sterility and poor seed filling.<br />

Grain from head-blighted fields is less palatable to livestock and sometimes contains sufficient<br />

mycotoxins to induce muscle spasms and vomiting in humans and certain non-ruminant animals.<br />

The toxins apparently remain stable for years in stored grain. Bread made from scabby wheat has<br />

been described as intoxicating. Control with crop rotation and fungicides are only slightly<br />

effective.<br />

Take-All: Gaeumannomyces graminis var tritici. − The term "Take-All" originated in Australia<br />

more than 100 years ago and referred to a severe seedling blight disease. Today, Take-All is best<br />

recognized as a root and shoot disease <strong>of</strong> winter wheat that interrupts plant development and<br />

seriously suppresses yield.<br />

Take-All is most obvious near heading on plants grown in moist soil. Diseased crops appear<br />

uneven in height and irregular in maturity. Severely diseased plants easily break free at the<br />

crown when pulled from the soil.<br />

Infested plants are stunted, mildly chlorotic, have few tillers and ripen prematurely. The heads<br />

are bleached (white heads) and sterile. Roots are blackened and brittle from fungal invasion. A<br />

black-brown dry rot extends to the crown and basal stem. Control by crop rotation and other<br />

cultural practices is not very effective. Foliar fungicides are not effective in controlling this<br />

disease.<br />

*A complete description <strong>of</strong> all wheat disease can be found in “Compendium <strong>of</strong> Wheat Diseases<br />

(2 nd edition), sold by The American Phytopathological Society.<br />

153


WHEAT FOLIAR FUNGICIDE POINT SYSTEM<br />

This point system should be used only as a guide to determine the need for application <strong>of</strong> foliar<br />

fungicides. It does not guarantee an economical return. If a "zero" is indicated in category # 1 or<br />

3, then the field should not be sprayed.<br />

I. Yield Potential (5-7 days before first spray) Points<br />

1. 40 b./A or above = 150<br />

2. 30-39 b/A. = 50<br />

3. Below 30 b/A. = 0 I.<br />

II. Cropping History<br />

1. Wheat in field last year = 100<br />

2. Wheat in field two years ago = 50<br />

3. First time in wheat three years or longer = 25 II.<br />

III. Fertility (total Nitrogen)<br />

1. Applied 90-120 lbs. <strong>of</strong> Nitrogen/A. = 100<br />

2. Applied only 60-90 lbs. <strong>of</strong> Nitrogen/A. = 50<br />

3. Applied no nitrogen = 0 III.<br />

IV. Seeding rate (assuming 80% plus germination)<br />

1. <strong>Plant</strong>ed 2 or more b./A. = 75<br />

2. <strong>Plant</strong>ed 1.5-2.0 b./A. = 50<br />

3. <strong>Plant</strong>ed less than 1.5 b./A. = 25 IV.<br />

V. Disease at application time (stage F10.3).<br />

1. Severe (disease starting on flag leaf) = 100<br />

2. Moderate (bottom & middle leaves diseased) = 75<br />

3. Light (disease found on lower leaves) = 50<br />

4. No foliar disease present = 25 V.<br />

VI. Seasonal rainfall prior to first application<br />

1. Above normal = 100<br />

2. Normal = 75<br />

3. Below normal = 25 VI.<br />

VII. Traditional Disease Pressure<br />

1. Heavy = 125<br />

2. Moderate = 75<br />

3. Light = 25 VII.<br />

Total Points _________<br />

After inspection <strong>of</strong> each field (boot stage), producers should total the number <strong>of</strong> points to<br />

determine the probability <strong>of</strong> a yield increase<br />

Total Field Points Chances <strong>of</strong> Yield Increase<br />

750-1000 Excellent<br />

500-749 Fair<br />

Below 500<br />

Poor<br />

154


Stage <strong>of</strong> Growth to Apply Foliar Fungicides: Close attention must be paid to the stage <strong>of</strong><br />

growth to obtain maximum benefit from foliar fungicides. If the application is made too late,<br />

then infection could have already occurred. If application is made too early, the flag leaf and<br />

head will not be protected. Unless powdery mildew or a rust disease is threatening the flag leaf,<br />

the best time to apply a foliar fungicide is a Feeke’s scale 10.3 (when one-half <strong>of</strong> the head has<br />

emerged).<br />

Each application must be made in at least 5 gallons <strong>of</strong> water per acre by airplane or at least 20<br />

gallons <strong>of</strong> water per acre with ground rigs. Always use a spreader-binder that is labeled for<br />

fungicides with either application method.<br />

Table 5. Foliar Fungicides for Use in Wheat.<br />

Chemical<br />

Name<br />

Trade Name Formulation Rate/A per<br />

Application<br />

Diseases Best<br />

Controlled<br />

Pyraclostrobin<br />

Headline<br />

(BASF)<br />

23.6 % EC 6 to 9 fl oz Glume blotch and<br />

Septoria leaf spot,<br />

rust diseases, Tan<br />

spot (change , to .)<br />

Propiconazole<br />

Azoxystrobin<br />

Propiconazole<br />

Azoxystrobin +<br />

Propiconazole<br />

Propiconazole +<br />

Trifloxystrobin<br />

PropiMax<br />

(Dow)<br />

Quadris<br />

(Syngenta)<br />

Tilt 3.6<br />

(Syngenta)<br />

Quilt<br />

(Syngenta)<br />

Stratego<br />

(Bayer)<br />

41.8 % EC 4 fl oz Rust diseases,<br />

powdery mildew, leaf<br />

blight and glume<br />

blotch and tan spot<br />

(add .)<br />

22.9 % F<br />

4- 12 fl oz<br />

(general use:<br />

6-9 fl oz)<br />

Glume blotch and<br />

leaf blight, rust<br />

diseases, tan spot<br />

(add .)<br />

41.8% EC 4 ozs. Rust, Glume Blotch,<br />

rust diseases,<br />

powdery mildew,<br />

glume blotch and leaf<br />

blight.<br />

7 % +<br />

11.7 % F<br />

11.4 % +<br />

11.4 %<br />

10.5 to 14 fl<br />

oz<br />

10.0 fl oz<br />

Rust diseases,<br />

powdery mildew,<br />

glume blotch and leaf<br />

blight, tan spot.<br />

Glume blotch and<br />

leaf blight, powdery<br />

mildew, rust diseases,<br />

tan spot.<br />

155


HARVESTING AND STORING<br />

Wheat is ripe and dry enough for satisfactory combine harvest when the moisture content <strong>of</strong> the<br />

grain reaches 14 percent or less. Wheat must be 13.5 percent moisture or less to be marketed<br />

without a price discount. The discount on wheat at 14 percent is approximately 1 percent <strong>of</strong> the<br />

market value. The moisture discount is progressively greater for each .5 percent increase above<br />

13.5 percent.<br />

For safe storage, the moisture content <strong>of</strong> wheat for grain should not be more than 13 percent. The<br />

wheat should also be free <strong>of</strong> green foreign material. The moisture content <strong>of</strong> seed wheat in<br />

storage should be 12 percent or less to maintain high viability and vigor. Ripe grain should be<br />

combined as soon as possible, because alternate wetting and drying <strong>of</strong> the grain results in<br />

reduced test weight.<br />

156

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!